LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND INC, 485BPOS, 1996-04-29

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND INC
485BPOS, 1996-04-29

Previous: DUFF & PHELPS MUTUAL FUNDS/, 485BPOS, 1996-04-29

Next: UNITED OF OMAHA SEPARATE ACCOUNT C, 485BPOS, 1996-04-29

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 1996
Registration No. 33-72226
811-8172

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 X
Pre-Effective Amendment No.

Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 X
and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 X
Amendment No. 5
X
(Check appropriate box or boxes.)

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC.
----------------------------------------
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in Charter)

Park 80 West Plaza Two
Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663
----------------------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant's Telephone Number: (201) 845-7300

----------------------------------------

Lisa Curcio, Secretary
Lexington International Fund
Park 80 West Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663
----------------------------------------
(Name and address of agent for service)

With a copy to:
Carl Frischling, Esq.
Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel
919 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10022
----------------------------------------
It is proposed that this filing will become effective
April 29, 1996 pursuant to Paragraph (b) of Rule 485.
----------------------------------------

The Registrant has registered an indefinite number of shares under the
Securities Act of 1933, pursuant to Section 24(f) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940. A Rule 24f-2 Notice for Registrant's fiscal year
ended December 31, 1995 was filed on February 26, 1996.

<PAGE>

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM N-1A
CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

PART A

Items in Part A Prospectus
of Form N-1A Prospectus Caption Page Number
- ------------ ------------------ -----------
1. Cover Page Cover Page

2. Synopsis *

3. Condensed Financial Information 2

4. General Description of Registration 3

5. Management of the Fund 8

6. Capital Stock and Other Securities 15

7. Purchase of Securities Being Offered 8

8. Redemption or Repurchase 10

9. Legal Proceedings *

Note * Omitted since answer is negative or inapplicable

<PAGE>

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
PART B INFORMATION CAPTION INFORMATION PAGE NUMBER
- ------ ----------------------- -----------------------

10. Cover Page Cover Page

11. Table of Contents Cover Page

12. General Information and History 15 (Part A)

13. Investment Objectives and Policies 2

14. Management of the Registrant 8

15. Control Persons and Principal Holders 10
of Securities

16. Investment Advisory and Other Services 10

17. Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices 11

18. Capital Stock and Other Securities 15 (Part A)

19. Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of 8, 10 (Part A)
securities being offered

20. Tax Status 15

21. Underwriters 8 (Part A)

22. Calculation of Yield Quotations on Money *
Market Funds

23. Financial Statements 23

PART C

Information required to be included in Part C is set forth
under the appropriate Item, so numbered, in Part C to this
Registration Statement.

* Not Applicable

<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS
April 29, 1996

Lexington International Fund, Inc.

P.O. Box 1515 / Park 80 West Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663
Toll Free: Service- 1-800-526-0056
Institutional/Financial Adviser Services- 1-800-367-9160
24 Hour Account Information- 1-800-526-0052

A NO-LOAD MUTUAL FUND WHOSE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE IS LONG-TERM
GROWTH OF CAPITAL THROUGH INVESTMENT IN COMPANIES DOMICILED IN
FOREIGN COUNTRIES.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lexington International Fund (the "Fund") is a no-load open-end
diversified management investment company. The Fund's investment
objective is to seek long-term growth of capital through investment in
common stocks and equivalents of companies domiciled in foreign
countries.

Lexington Management Corporation ("LMC") is the Fund's investment
adviser. Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc. ("LFD") is the distributor
of Fund shares.

This Prospectus sets forth information about the Fund you should
know before investing. It should be read and retained for future
reference.

A Statement of Additional Information dated April 29, 1996, which
provides a further discussion of certain matters in this Prospectus
and other matters that may be of interest to some investors, has been
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is incorporated
herein by reference. For a free copy, call the appropriate telephone
number above or write to the address listed above.

Mutual fund shares are not deposits or obligations of (or endorsed
or guaranteed by) any bank, nor are they federally insured or
otherwise protected by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
("FDIC"), the Federal Reserve Board or any other agency. Investing in
mutual funds involves investment risks, including the possible loss of
principal, and their value and return will fluctuate.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investors Should Read and Retain this Prospectus for Future Reference

<PAGE>

FEE TABLE

Annual Fund Operating Expenses: (as a percentage of average net assets):
Management fees ...................................................... 1.00%
12b-1 fees ........................................................... 0.25%*
Other expenses ....................................................... 1.21%
-----
Total Fund Operating Expenses ...................................... 2.46%
=====

Example: 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years
------ ------- ------- --------
You would pay the following expenses
on a $1,000 investment, assuming
(1) 5% annual return and
(2) redemption at the end of
each period ........................ $24.91 $76.65 $131.05 $279.62

*These expenses may not exceed 0.25% of the Fund's average net assets annually.
(See "Distribution Plan"). After a substantial period, these expenses may total
more than the maximum sales expense that would have been permissible if imposed
entirely as an initial sales charge.

The purpose of the foregoing table is to assist an investor in understanding
the various costs and expenses that an investor in the Fund will bear directly
and indirectly. (For more complete descriptions of the various costs and
expenses, see "Management of the Fund" below.) The Expenses and Example
appearing in the table above are based on the Fund's expenses for the period
from January 1, 1995 to December 31, 1995. The Example shown in the table above
should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses and actual
expenses may be greater or less than those shown.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The following Per Share Income and Capital Changes Information for the two
year period ended December 31, 1995 has been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
Independent Auditors, whose report thereon appears in the Statement of
Additional Information. This information should be read in conjunction with the
Financial Statements and related notes thereto included in the Statement of
Additional Information. The Fund's annual report, which contains additional
performance information, is available upon request and without charge.

Selected Per Share Data for a share outstanding throughout the period:

Year ended
December 31,
1995 1994
---- ----
Net asset value, beginning of period ....................... $10.37 $10.00
------ ------

Income (loss) from investment operations:
Net investment loss ...................................... (.01) (.08)
Net realized and unrealized gain on investments .......... .61 .67
------ ------
Total income from investment operations ................ .60 .59
------ ------

Less distributions:
Dividends in excess of net investment income
(temporary book-tax difference) ......................... (.35) -
Distributions from net realized capital gains ............ (.02) (.10)
Distributions in excess of net realized capital gains
(temporary book-tax difference) ......................... - (.12)
------ ------
Total distributions .................................... (.37) (.22)
------ ------
Net asset value, end of period ............................. $10.60 $10.37
====== ======
Total return ............................................... 5.77% 5.87%

Ratio to average net assets:
Expenses ................................................. 2.46% 2.39%
Net investment loss ...................................... (.12%) (.94%)
Portfolio turnover ......................................... 137.72% 100.10%
Net assets at end of period (000's omitted) ................ $17,855 $17,843

2
<PAGE>

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

Lexington International Fund (the "Fund"), a series of Lexington
International Fund, Inc. (the "Company"), is an open-end, diversified management
investment company. The Fund's investment objective is to seek long-term growth
of capital through investment in common stocks and equivalents of companies
domiciled in foreign countries.

The Fund will seek to achieve its objective through investment in a
diversified portfolio of securities that will consist of all types of common
stocks and equivalents (the following constitute equivalents: convertible debt
securities, warrants and options). The Fund may also invest in preferred stocks,
bonds and other debt obligations, which consist of money market instruments of
foreign and domestic companies and U.S. government and foreign governments,
governmental agencies and international organizations. There can be no assurance
that the Fund will be able to achieve its investment objective.

The Fund will at all times invest at least 65% or more of its assets in at
least three countries outside of the United States. The Fund is not required to
maintain any particular geographic or currency mix of its investments, nor is it
required to maintain any particular proportion of stocks, bonds or other
securities in its portfolio. The Fund may, however, invest substantially or
primarily in foreign debt securities when it appears that the capital
appreciation available from investments in such securities will equal or exceed
the capital appreciation available from investments in equity securities.
Because the market value of debt obligations can be expected to vary inversely
to changes in prevailing interest rates, investing in debt obligations may
provide an opportunity for capital appreciation when interest rates are expected
to decline. The Fund intends to invest in debt securities which on the date of
investment are within the four highest ratings of Moody's Investors Service
(Aaa, Aa, A, Baa for bonds; and within the three highest ratings, MIG 1, MIG 2,
MIG 3 for notes; P-1 for commercial paper; VMIG 1, VMIG 2 for variable rate
securities) or Standard & Poor's Corporation (AAA, AA, A, BBB for bonds; A-1 for
commercial paper). The Fund may invest in bonds which are not rated if, based
upon credit analysis by LMC, it is believed that such bonds are of comparable
quality to investment grade bonds. Bonds rated Baa or BBB while considered
investment grade may have speculative characteristics as well. A defensive
position would exist when in the judgment of LMC conditions in the securities
market would make pursuing the Fund's basic investment strategy inconsistent
with the best interests of the shareholders. At such time, the Fund may
temporarily invest up to 100% of its assets in debt obligations, which consist
of repurchase agreements, money market instruments of foreign or domestic
companies and U.S. Government and foreign governments, governmental and
international organizations.

The Fund intends to provide investors with the opportunity to invest in a
portfolio of securities of companies and governments located throughout the
world. In making the allocation of assets among the various countries and
geographic regions, LMC ordinarily considers such factors as prospects for
relative economic growth; expected levels of inflation and interest rates;
government policies influencing business conditions; the range of investment
opportunities available to international investors; and other pertinent
financial, tax, social, political and national factors-all in relation to the
prevailing prices of the securities in each country or region.

Investments may be made in companies based in (or governments of or within)
the Pacific Basin (mainly Japan, Australia, Singapore, Malaysia and Hong Kong)
and Western Europe (mainly the United Kingdom, Germany, Switzerland, the
Netherlands, France, Sweden, Spain, Italy, Belgium, Norway and Denmark), as well
as such other areas and countries as LMC may determine from time to time. The
Fund may invest in companies located in developing countries without limitation.
Such countries may have relatively unstable governments, economies based on only
a few industries, and securities markets which trade a small number of
companies. Prices on these exchanges tend to be volatile and in the past these
exchanges have offered greater potential for gain, as well as loss, than
exchanges in developed countries. While the Fund invests only in countries that
it considers as having relatively stable and friendly governments it is possible
that certain Fund investments could be subject to foreign expropriation or
exchange control restrictions. See "Risk Considerations" on Page 5.

Although the Fund does not intend to invest for the purpose of seeking
short-term profits, the Fund's investments may be changed whenever the adviser
deems it appropriate to do so, without regard to the length of time a particular
security has been held. It is expected that the Fund will have an annual
portfolio turnover rate that will generally not exceed 150%. A 100% turnover
rate would occur if all the Fund's portfolio investments were sold and either
repurchased or replaced within a year. A higher turnover rate results in
correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses
which are borne by the Fund. The Fund's portfolio turnover rate for the year
ended December 31, 1995 was 137.72%. High portfolio

3
<PAGE>

turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the
Fund which, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary
income. See "Tax Matters."

Certain Investment Methods: The Fund may from time to time engage in the
following investment practices:

Settlement Transactions-The Fund may, for a fixed amount of United States
dollars, enter into a forward foreign exchange contract for the purchase or sale
of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying securities
transaction. In so doing, the Fund will attempt to insulate itself against
possible losses and gains resulting from a change in the relationship between
the United States dollar and the foreign currency during the period between the
date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or
received. This process is known as "transaction hedging".

To effect the translation of the amount of foreign currencies involved in
the purchase and sale of foreign securities and to effect the "transaction
hedging" described above, the Fund may purchase or sell foreign currencies on a
"spot" (i.e. cash) basis or on a forward basis whereby the Fund purchases or
sells a specific amount of foreign currency, at a price set at the time of the
contract, for receipt of delivery at a specified date which may be any fixed
number of days in the future.

Such spot and forward foreign exchange transactions may also be utilized to
reduce the risk inherent in fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United
States dollar and the relevant foreign currency when foreign securities are
purchased or sold for settlement beyond customary settlement time (as described
below). Neither type of foreign currency transaction will eliminate fluctuations
in the prices of the Fund's portfolio or securities or prevent loss if the price
of such securities should decline.

Portfolio Hedging-When, in the opinion of LMC, it is desirable to limit or
reduce exposure in a foreign currency in order to moderate potential changes in
the United States dollar value of the portfolio, the Fund may enter into a
forward foreign currency exchange contract by which the United States dollar
value of the underlying foreign portfolio securities can be approximately
matched by an equivalent United States dollar liability. The Fund, for hedging
purposes only, may also enter into forward currency exchange contracts to
increase its exposure to a foreign currency that LMC expects to increase in
value relative to the United States dollar. The Fund will not attempt to hedge
all of its portfolio positions and will enter into such transactions only to the
extent, if any, deemed appropriate by the investment adviser. Hedging against a
decline in the value of currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the prices
of portfolio securities or prevent losses if the prices of such securities
decline. The Fund will not enter into forward foreign currency exchange
transactions for speculative purposes. The Fund intends to limit such
transactions to not more than 70% of total Fund assets.

Forward Commitments-The Fund may make contracts to purchase securities for a
fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time ("forward
commitments") because new issues of securities are typically offered to
investors, such as the Fund, on that basis. Forward commitments involve a risk
of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the
settlement date. This risk is in addition to the risk of decline in value of the
Fund's other assets. Although the Fund will enter into such contracts with the
intention of acquiring the securities, the Fund may dispose of a commitment
prior to settlement if the investment adviser deems it appropriate to do so. The
Fund may realize short-term profits or losses upon the sale of forward
commitments.

Covered Call Options-The Fund may seek to preserve capital by writing covered
call options on securities which it owns. Such an option on an underlying
security would obligate the Fund to sell, and give the purchaser of the option
the right to buy that security at a stated exercise price at any time until a
stated expiration date of the option. The premium paid by the purchaser of an
option will be income to the Fund.

Repurchase Agreements-A repurchase agreement is a contract under which the Fund
would acquire a security for a relatively short period (usually not more than 7
days) subject to the obligations of the seller to repurchase and the Fund to
resell such security at a fixed time and price (representing the Fund's cost
plus interest). Although the Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with
respect to any portfolio securities which it may acquire consistent with its
investment policies and restrictions, it is the Fund's present intention to
enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the United
States government or its agencies or instrumentalities to meet anticipated
redemptions or pending investments or reinvestment of Fund assets in portfolio
securities. The Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with member
banks of the Federal Reserve System and with "primary dealers" in United States
government securities. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans which
must be fully collateralized including interest earned thereon during the entire
term of the

4
<PAGE>

agreement. If the institution defaults on the repurchase agreement, the Fund
will retain possession of the underlying securities. In addition if bankruptcy
proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller, realization on the
collateral by the Fund may be delayed or limited and the Fund may incur
additional costs. In such case the Fund will be subject to risks associated with
changes in market value of the collateral securities. The Fund intends to limit
repurchase agreements to institutions believed by LMC to present minimal credit
risk. The Fund will not enter into repurchase agreements maturing in more than
seven days if the aggregate of such repurchase agreements and all other illiquid
securities when taken together would exceed 10% of the total assets of the Fund.

Except as otherwise specifically noted, the Fund's investment objective and
its investment restrictions are fundamental and may not be changed without the
approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. The
Statement of Additional Information contains a complete description of the
Fund's restrictions and additional information on policies relating to the
investment of its assets and its activities.

Portfolio Transactions

The primary consideration in placing security transactions is execution at
the most favorable prices, consistent with best execution. See the Statement of
Additional Information for a further discussion of brokerage allocation.

RISK CONSIDERATIONS

Investors should recognize that investing in securities of foreign companies
and in particular securities of companies domiciled in or doing business in
emerging markets and emerging countries involves certain risk considerations,
including those set forth below, which are not typically associated with
investing in securities of U.S. companies.

Foreign Currency Considerations

The Fund's assets will be invested in securities of foreign companies and
substantially all income will be received by the Fund in foreign currencies.
However, the Fund will compute and distribute its income in dollars, and the
computation of income will be made on the date of its receipt by the Fund at the
foreign exchange rate in effect on that date. Therefore, if the value of the
foreign currencies in which the Fund receives its income falls relative to the
dollar between receipt of the income and the making of Fund distributions, the
Fund will be required to liquidate securities in order to make distributions if
the Fund has insufficient cash in dollars to meet distribution requirements.

The value of the assets of the Fund as measured in dollars also may be
affected favorably or unfavorably by fluctuations in currency rates and exchange
control regulations. Further, the Fund may incur costs in connection with
conversions between various currencies. Foreign exchange dealers realize a
profit based on the difference between the prices at which they are buying and
selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer normally will offer to sell a foreign
currency to the Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange
should the Fund desire immediately to resell that currency to the dealer. The
Fund will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot
(i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange
market, or through entering into forward or futures contracts to purchase or
sell foreign currencies.

Investment and Repatriation Restrictions

Some foreign countries have laws and regulations which currently preclude
direct foreign investment in the securities of their companies. However,
indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded on
the stock exchanges in these countries is permitted by certain foreign countries
through investment funds which have been specifically authorized. The Fund may
invest in these investment funds subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act as
discussed under "Investment Restrictions" in the Statement of Additional
Information. If the Fund invests in such investment funds, the Fund's
shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses of the
Fund (including operating expenses and the fees of the Investment Manager), but
also will bear indirectly similar expenses of the underlying investment funds.

In addition to the foregoing investment restrictions, prior governmental
approval for foreign investments may be required under certain circumstances in
some foreign countries, while the extent of foreign investment in domestic
companies may be subject to limitation in other foreign countries. Foreign
ownership limitations also may be imposed by the charters of individual
companies in foreign countries to prevent, among other concerns, violation of
foreign investment limitations.

5
<PAGE>

Repatriation of investment income, capital and the proceeds of sales by
foreign investors may require governmental registration and/or approval in some
foreign countries. The Fund could be adversely affected by delays in or a
refusal to grant any required governmental approval for such repatriation.

Foreign Securities Markets

Trading volume on foreign stock exchanges is substantially less than that on
the New York Stock Exchange. Further, securities of some foreign companies are
less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies.
Similarly, volume and liquidity in most foreign bond markets is substantially
less than in the U.S. and, consequently, volatility of price can be greater than
in the U.S. Fixed commissions on foreign stock exchanges are generally higher
than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although the Fund endeavors to
achieve the most favorable net results on its portfolio transactions and may be
able to purchase the securities in which the Fund may invest on other stock
exchanges where commissions are negotiable.

Companies in foreign countries are not generally subject to uniform
accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and disclosure
requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies. Consequently,
there may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than
about a U.S. company. Further, there is generally less governmental supervision
and regulation of foreign stock exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in
the U.S. Further, these Funds may encounter difficulties or be unable to pursue
legal remedies and obtain judgments in foreign courts. Further risk factors,
including use of domestic and foreign custodian banks and depositories, are
described elsewhere in the Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional
Information. Economic and Political Risks

The economies of individual foreign countries may differ favorably or
unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic
product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and
balance of payments position. Further, the economies of developing countries
generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have
been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, managed
adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed
or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These economies also have
been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the
countries with which they trade.

With respect to any foreign country, there is the possibility of
nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political changes,
government regulation, social instability or diplomatic developments (including
war) which could affect adversely the economies of such countries or the Fund's
investments in those countries. In addition, it may be more difficult to obtain
a judgement in a court outside of the United States.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The Fund's investment program is subject to a number of investment
restrictions which reflect self imposed standards as well as federal and state
regulatory limitations. These restrictions are designed to minimize certain
risks associated with investing in certain types of securities or engaging in
certain transactions. The most significant of these restrictions provide that:

(1) The Fund will not borrow money, except that (a) the Fund may enter into
certain futures contracts and options related thereto; (b) the Fund may
enter into commitments to purchase securities in accordance with the
Fund's investment program, including delayed delivery and when-issued
securities and reverse repurchase agreements; (c) for temporary
emergency purposes, the Fund may borrow money in amounts not exceeding
5% of the value of its total assets at the time when the loan is made;
(d) The Fund may pledge its portfolio securities or receivables or
transfer or assign or otherwise encumber them in an amount not exceeding
one-third of the value of its total assets; and (e) for purposes of
leveraging, the Fund may borrow money from banks (including its
custodian bank), only if, immediately after such borrowing, the value of
the Fund's assets, including the amount borrowed, less its liabilities,
is equal to at least 300% of the amount borrowed, plus all outstanding
borrowings. If at any time, the value of the Fund's assets fails

6
<PAGE>

to meet the 300% asset coverage requirement relative only to leveraging,
the Fund will, within three days (not including Sundays and holidays),
reduce its borrowings to the extent necessary to meet the 300% test. The
Fund only will invest up to 5% of its total assets in reverse repurchase
agreements.

(2) The Fund will not make loans, except that, to the extent appropriate
under its investment program, the Fund may (a) purchase bonds,
debentures or other debt securities, including short-term obligations,
(b) enter into repurchase transactions and (c) lend portfolio securities
provided that the value of such loaned securities does not exceed
one-third of the Fund's total assets.

(3) The Fund will not concentrate its investments in any one industry,
except that the Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in
securities issued by companies principally engaged in any one industry.
The Fund considers foreign government securities and supranational
organizations to be industries. This limitation, however, will not apply
to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies
and instrumentalities.

(4) The Fund will not purchase securities of an issuer, if (a) more than 5%
of the Fund's total assets taken at market value would at the time be
invested in the securities of such issuer, except that such restriction
shall not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the United States
government or its agencies or instrumentalities or, with respect to 25%
of the Fund's total assets, to securities issued or guaranteed by the
government of any country other than the United States which is a member
of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development ("OECD").
The member countries of OECD are at present: Australia, Austria,
Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Germany, Finland, France, Greece, Iceland,
Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway,
Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the
United States; or (b) such purchases would at the time result in more
than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer being held
by the Fund.

The forgoing investment restrictions (as well as certain others set forth in
the Statement of Additional Information) are matters of fundamental policy which
may not be changed without the affirmative vote of the majority of the
shareholders of the Fund.

The investment policies described below are non-fundamental, therefore,
changes to such policies may be made in the future by the Board of Directors
without the approval of the shareholders of the Fund:

(1) The Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts and related options
under the following conditions: (a) the then-current aggregate futures
market prices of financial instruments required to be delivered and
purchased under open futures contracts shall not exceed 30% of the
Fund's total assets, at market value; and (b) no more than 5% of the
assets, at market value at the time of entering into a contract, shall
be committed to margin deposits in relation to futures contracts.

(2) The Fund will not invest more than 15% of its total assets in illiquid
securities. Illiquid securities are securities that are not readily
marketable or cannot be disposed of promptly within seven days and in
the usual course of business without taking a materially reduced price.
Such securities include, but are not limited to, time deposits and
repurchase agreements with maturities longer than seven days. Securities
that may be resold under Rule 144A or securities offered pursuant to
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall not be
deemed illiquid solely by reason of being unregistered. The Investment
Adviser shall determine whether a particular security is deemed to be
liquid based on the trading markets for the specific security and other
factors.

The Statement of Additional Information contains a complete description of
the Fund's restrictions and additional information on policies relating to the
investment of its assets and its activities.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

The Company has a Board of Directors which establishes the Fund's policies
and supervises and reviews the operations and management of the Fund. Lexington
Management Corporation ("LMC"), P.O. Box 1515 Park 80 West Plaza Two, Saddle
Brook, New Jersey 07663, is the investment adviser of shares of the Fund. For
its investment management services to the Fund, LMC will receive a monthly fee
at the annual rate of 1% of the Fund's average daily net assets which is higher
than that paid by most other investment companies. However, it is not
necessarily greater than the management fee of other investment

7
<PAGE>

companies with objectives and policies similar to this Fund. Lexington Funds
Distributor, Inc. ("LFD"), a registered broker-dealer, is the Fund's
distributor. LMC also acts as administrator to the Fund and performs certain
administrative and accounting services, including but not limited to,
maintaining general ledger accounts, regulatory compliance, preparation of
financial information for semiannual and annual reports, preparing registration
statements, calculating net asset values, shareholder communications and
supervision of the custodian, transfer agent and provides facilities for such
services. The Fund shall reimburse LMC for its actual cost in providing such
services, facilities and expenses. The operating expenses of the Fund can be
expected to be higher than that of an investment company investing exclusively
in United States securities.

LMC was established in 1938 and currently manages and administers over $3.0
billion in assets. LMC serves as investment adviser to other investment
companies and private and institutional investment accounts. Included among
these clients are persons and organizations that own significant amounts of
capital stock of LMC's parent, Lexington Global Asset Managers, Inc. The clients
pay fees that LMC considers comparable to the fees paid by similarly served
clients.

LMC and LFD are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Lexington Global Asset
Managers, Inc., a Delaware corporation with offices at Park 80 West Plaza Two,
Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663. Descendants of Lunsford Richardson, Sr., their
spouses, trusts and other related entities are the beneficial owners of a
majority of the shares of Lexington Global Asset Managers, Inc. common stock.
See "Investment Adviser and Distributor" in the Statement of Additional
Information.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER

The Fund is managed by an investment management team. Richard T. Saler, is
the lead manager and Philip A. Schwartz, CFA, is the Co-Manager.

Mr. Saler is Senior Vice President, Director of International Investment
Strategy of LMC. Mr. Saler is responsible for international investment analysis
and portfolio management at LMC. He has ten years of investment experience. Mr.
Saler has focused on international markets since first joining LMC in 1986. In
1991 he was a strategist with Nomura Securities and rejoined LMC in 1992. Mr.
Saler is a graduate of New York University with a B.S. Degree in Marketing and
an M.B.A. in Finance from New York University's Graduate School of Business
Administration.

Mr. Schwartz is a Vice President, Chartered Financial Analyst and member of
the New York Security Analysts Association. He is responsible for international
investment analysis and portfolio management, and has eight years investment
experience. Prior to joining Lexington in 1993, Mr. Schwartz was Vice President
of European Research Sales with Cheuvreux Devirieu in Paris and New York,
serving the institutional market. Prior to Cheuvreux, he was affiliated with
Olde and Co. and Kidder, Peabody as a stockbroker. Mr. Schwartz earned his B.A.
and M.A. degrees from Boston University.

HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES

Initial Investment-Minimum $1,000. By Mail: Send a check payable to Lexington
International Fund along with a completed New Account Application to State
Street Bank and Trust Company (the "Agent").

Subsequent Investments-Minimum $50. By Mail: Send a check payable to Lexington
International Fund to the Agent, accompanied by either the detachable form which
is part of the confirmation of a prior transaction or a letter indicating the
dollar amount of the investment and identifying the Fund, account number and
registration.

Broker-Dealers: You may invest in shares of the Fund through broker-dealers who
are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and other
financial institutions and who have selling agreements with LFD. Broker-dealers
and financial institutions who process such purchase and sale transactions for
their customers may charge a transaction fee for these services. The fee may be
avoided by purchasing shares directly from the Fund.

The Open Account: By investing in the Fund, a shareholder appoints the Agent, as
his agent, to establish an open account to which all shares purchased will be
credited, together with any dividends and capital gain distributions which are
paid in additional shares. Stock certificates will be issued for full shares
only when requested in writing. Unless payment for shares is made by certified
or cashier's check or federal funds wire, certificates will not be issued for 30
days. In order to facilitate redemptions and transfers, most shareholders elect
not to receive certificates.

Automatic Investing Plan with "Lex-O-Matic": A shareholder may arrange to make
additional purchases of shares automatically on a monthly or quarterly basis.
The investments of $50 or more are automatically deducted from a checking

8
<PAGE>

account on or about the 15th day of each month. The institution must be an
Automated Clearing House (ACH) member. Should an order to purchase shares of a
fund be cancelled because your automated transfer does not clear, you will be
responsible for any resulting loss incurred by that fund. The shareholder
reserves the right to discontinue the Lex-O-Matic program provided written
notice is given ten days prior to the scheduled investment date. Further
information regarding this service can be obtained from Lexington by calling
1-800-526-0056.

After an Open Account is established, payments can be provided for by
"Lex-O-Matic" or other authorized automatic bank check program accounts (checks
drawn on the investor's bank periodically for investment in the Fund). On
payroll deduction accounts administered by an employer and on payments into
qualified pension or profit sharing plans and other continuing purchase
programs, there are no minimum purchase requirements.

Determination of Net Asset Value: The net asset value of the shares of the Fund
is determined as of the close of trading on each day the New York Stock Exchange
is open, by dividing the value of the Fund's securities plus any cash and other
assets (including accrued dividends and interest) less all liabilities
(including accrued expenses) by the number of shares outstanding, the result
being adjusted to the nearest whole cent. A security listed or traded on a
recognized stock exchange is valued at the last sale price prior to the time
when assets are valued on the principal exchange on which the security is
traded. If no sale is reported at that time, the mean between the current bid
and asked price will be used. However, when LMC deems it appropriate, prices for
the day of valuation from a third party pricing service will be used. For
over-the-counter securities the mean between the bid and asked prices is used.
Short-term securities having maturity of 60 days or less are valued at cost when
it is determined by the Fund's Board of Directors that amortized cost reflects
the fair value of such securities. Securities for which market quotations are
not readily available and other assets shall be valued by Fund's management in
good faith under the direction of the Fund's Board of Directors.

Generally, trading in foreign securities markets is substantially completed
each day at various times prior to the close of the New York Stock Exchange. The
values of foreign securities used in computing the net asset value of the shares
of the Fund are determined as of the earlier of such market close or the closing
time of the New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange"). Foreign currency exchange
rates are also generally determined prior to the close of the Exchange.
Occasionally, events affecting the value of such securities and such exchange
rates may occur between the times at which they are determined and the close of
the Exchange, which will not be reflected in the computation of net asset value.
If during such periods, events occur which materially affect the value of such
securities, the securities will be valued at their fair market value as
determined by LMC and approved in good faith by the Directors.

For purposes of determining the net asset value per share of the Fund all
assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currencies will be
converted into United States dollars at the mean between the bid and offer
prices of such currencies against United States dollars quoted by any major
bank.

Terms of Offering: If an order to purchase shares is cancelled because the
investor's check does not clear, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss
incurred by the Fund. To recover any such loss the Fund reserves the right to
redeem shares owned by the purchaser, seek reimbursement directly from the
purchaser and may prohibit or restrict the purchaser in placing future orders in
any of the Lexington Funds.

The Fund reserves the right to reject any order, and to waive or lower the
investment minimums with respect to any person or class of persons, including
shareholders of the Fund's special investment programs. An order to purchase
shares is not binding on the Fund until it has been confirmed by the Agent.

Account Statements: The Agent will send shareholders either purchasing or
redeeming shares of the Fund, a confirmation of the transaction indicating the
date the purchase or redemption was accepted, the number of shares purchased or
redeemed, the purchase or redemption price per share, and the amount purchased
or redemption proceeds. A statement is also sent to shareholders whenever a
distribution is paid, or when a change in the registration, address, or dividend
option occurs. Shareholders are urged to retain their account statements for tax
purposes.

HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

By Mail: Send to the Agent: (1) a written request for redemption, signed by each
registered owner exactly as the shares are registered including the name of the
Fund, account number and exact registration; (2) stock certificates for any
shares to be

9
<PAGE>

redeemed which are held by the shareholder; (3) signature guarantees, when
required, and (4) the additional documents required for redemptions by
corporations, executors, administrators, trustees, and guardians. Redemptions by
mail will not become effective until all documents in proper form have been
received by the Agent. If a shareholder has any questions regarding the
requirements for redeeming shares, he should call the Fund at the toll free
number on the back cover prior to submitting a redemption request. If a
redemption request is sent to the Fund in New Jersey, it will be forwarded to
the Agent and the effective date of redemption will be the date received by the
Agent.

Checks for redemption proceeds will normally be mailed within three business
days, but will not be mailed until all checks in payment for the shares to be
redeemed have been cleared.

Signature Guarantee: Signature guarantees are required in connection with (a)
redemptions by mail involving $25,000 or more; (b) all redemptions by mail,
regardless of the amount involved, when the proceeds are to be paid to someone
other than the registered owners; (c) changes in instructions as to where the
proceeds of redemptions are to be sent, and (d) share transfer requests.

The Agent requires that the guarantor be either a commercial bank which is a
member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, a trust company, a savings
and loan association, a savings bank, a credit union, a member firm of a
domestic stock exchange, or a foreign branch of any of the foregoing. A notary
public is not an acceptable guarantor.

With respect to redemption requests submitted by mail, the signature
guarantees must appear either: (a) on the written request for redemption, (b) on
a separate instrument of assignment ("stock power") specifying the total number
of shares to be redeemed, or (c) on all stock certificates tendered for
redemption and, if shares held by the Agent are also being redeemed, on the
letter or stock power.

Redemption Price: The redemption price will be the net asset value per share of
the Fund next determined after receipt by the Agent of a redemption request in
proper form (see "Determination of Net Asset Value" in the Statement of
Additional Information).

The right of redemption may be suspended (a) for any period during which the
New York Stock Exchange is closed or the Securities and Exchange Commission
("SEC") determines that trading on the Exchange is restricted, (b) when there is
an emergency as determined by the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably
practicable for the Fund to dispose of securities owned by it or to determine
fairly the value of its net assets, or (c) for such other periods as the SEC may
by order permit for the protection of shareholders of the Fund. Due to the
proportionately high cost of maintaining smaller accounts, the Fund reserves the
right to involuntarily redeem all shares in an account with a value of less than
$500 (except retirement plan accounts) for reasons other than market
fluctuations and mail the proceeds to the shareholder. Shareholders will be
notified before these redemptions are to be made and will have 30 days to make
an additional investment to bring their accounts up to the required minimum.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

Transfer: Shares of the Fund may be transferred to another owner. A signature
guarantee of the registered owner is required on the letter of instruction or
accompanying stock power.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan: Shareholders may elect to withdraw cash in fixed
amounts from their accounts at regular intervals. The minimum investment to
establish a Systematic Withdrawal Plan is $10,000. If the proceeds are to be
mailed to someone other than the registered owner, a signature guarantee is
required.

Group Sub-Accounting: To minimize recordkeeping by fiduciaries, corporations and
certain other investors, the minimum initial investment may be waived.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

Shares of the Fund may be exchanged for shares of the following Lexington
Funds on the basis of relative net asset value per share, next determined at the
time of the exchange. In the event shares of one or more of these funds being
exchanged by a single investor have a value in excess of $500,000, the shares of
the Fund will not be purchased until the third business day following the
redemption of the shares being exchanged in order to enable the redeeming fund
to utilize normal securities

10
<PAGE>

settlement procedures in transferring the proceeds of the redemption to the
Fund. Exchanges may not be made until all checks in payment for the shares to be
exchanged have been cleared.

The Lexington Funds currently available for exchange are:

LEXINGTON WORLDWIDE EMERGING MARKETS FUND, INC. (NASDAQ Symbol: LEXGX)
LEXINGTON GLOBAL FUND, INC. (NASDAQ Symbol: LXGLX)
LEXINGTON CROSBY SMALL CAP ASIA GROWTH FUND, INC.
LEXINGTON TROIKA DIALOG RUSSIA FUND, INC.
LEXINGTON RAMIREZ GLOBAL INCOME FUND (NASDAQ Symbol: LEBDX)
LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC.
LEXINGTON GOLDFUND, INC. (NASDAQ Symbol: LEXMX)
LEXINGTON CORPORATE LEADERS TRUST FUND (NASDAQ Symbol: LEXCX)
LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC. (NASDAQ Symbol: LEXRX)
LEXINGTON CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES FUND (NASDAQ Symbol: CNCVX)
LEXINGTON GNMA INCOME FUND, INC. (NASDAQ Symbol: LEXNX)
LEXINGTON MONEY MARKET TRUST (NASDAQ Symbol: LMMXX)
LEXINGTON TAX FREE MONEY FUND, INC. (NASDAQ Symbol: LTFXX)

Shareholders in any of these funds may exchange all or part of their shares
for shares of one or more of the other funds, subject to the conditions
described herein. The Exchange Privilege enables a shareholder in any of these
funds to acquire shares in a fund with a different investment objective when the
shareholder believes that a shift between funds is an appropriate
investment decision. Shareholders contemplating an exchange should obtain and
review the prospectus of the fund to be acquired. If an exchange involves
investing in a Lexington Fund not already owned and a new account has to be
established, the dollar amount exchanged must meet the minimum initial
investment of the fund being purchased. If, however, an account already exists
in the fund being bought, there is a $500 minimum exchange required.
Shareholders must provide the account number of the existing account. Any
exchange between mutual funds is, in effect, a redemption of shares in one fund
and a purchase in the other fund. Shareholders should consider the possible tax
effects of an exchange.

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE PROVISIONS-Exchange instructions may be given in writing or
by telephone. Telephone exchanges may only be made if a Telephone Authorization
form has been previously executed and filed with LFD. Telephone exchanges are
permitted only after a minimum of 7 days have elapsed from the date of a
previous exchange. Exchanges may not be made until all checks in payment for the
shares to be exchanged have been cleared.

Telephonic exchanges can only involve shares held on deposit at the Agent;
shares held in certificate form by the shareholder cannot be included. However,
outstanding certificates can be returned to the Agent and qualify for these
services. Any new account established with the same registration will also have
the privilege of exchange by telephone in the Lexington Funds. All accounts
involved in a telephonic exchange must have the same registration and dividend
option as the account from which the shares were transferred and will also have
the privilege of exchange by telephone in the Lexington Funds in which these
services are available.

By checking the box on the New Account Application authorizing telephone
exchange services, a shareholder constitutes and appoints LFD, distributor of
the Lexington Group of Mutual Funds, as the true and lawful attorney to
surrender for redemption or exchange any and all non-certificate shares held by
the Agent in account(s) designated, or in any other account with the Lexington
Funds, present or future which has the identical registration, with full power
of substitution in the premises, authorizes and directs LFD to act upon any
instruction from any person by telephone for exchange of shares held in any of
these accounts, to purchase shares of any other Lexington Fund that is
available, provided the registration and mailing address of the shares to be
purchased are identical to the registration of the shares being redeemed, and
agrees that neither LFD, the Agent, or the Fund(s) will be liable for any loss,
expense or cost arising out of any requests effected in accordance with this
authorization which would include requests effected by imposters or persons
otherwise unauthorized to act on behalf of the account. LFD, the Agent and the
Fund, will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions
communicated by telephone are genuine and if they do not employ reasonable
procedures they may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent
instructions. The following identification procedures may include, but are not
limited to, the following: account number,

11
<PAGE>

registration and address, taxpayer identification number and other information
particular to the account. In addition, all exchange transactions will take
place on recorded telephone lines and each transaction will be confirmed in
writing by the Fund. LFD reserves the right to cease to act as agent subject to
the above appointment upon thirty (30) days written notice to the address of
record. If the shareholder is an entity other than an individual, such entity
may be required to certify that certain persons have been duly elected and are
now legally holding the titles given and that the said corporation, trust,
unincorporated association, etc. is duly organized and existing and has the
power to take action called for by this continuing authorization.

Exchange Authorization forms, Telephone Authorization forms and prospectuses
of the other funds may be obtained from LFD.

This exchange offer is available only in states where shares of the Fund
being acquired may legally be sold and may be modified or terminated at any time
by the Fund. Broker-dealers who process exchange orders on behalf of their
customers may charge a fee for their services. Such fee may be avoided by making
requests for exchange directly to the Fund or Agent.

TAX-SHELTERED RETIREMENT PLANS

The Fund offers a Prototype Pension and Profit Sharing Plan, including a
Keogh Plan, IRA's, SEP-IRA's and IRA Rollover Accounts, 401(k) Salary Reduction
Plans, Section 457 Deferred Compensation Plans and 403(b)(7) Plans. Plan support
services are available through the Shareholder Services Department of LMC. For
further information call 1-800-526-0056. (See "Tax Sheltered Retirement Plans"
in the Statement of Additional Information.)

PERFORMANCE CALCULATION

The Fund will calculate performance on a total return basis for various
periods. The total return basis combines changes in principal and dividends for
the periods shown. Principal changes are based on the difference between the
beginning and closing net asset value for the period and assumes reinvestment of
dividends paid by the Fund. Dividends are comprised of net investment income and
net realized capital gains, respectively.

Performance will vary from time to time and past results are not necessarily
representative of future results. A shareholder should remember that performance
is a function of portfolio management in selecting the type and quality of
portfolio securities and is affected by operating expenses.

Comparative performance information may be used from time to time in
advertising or marketing of the Fund's shares, including data from Lipper
Analytical Services, Inc. or major market indices such as the Dow Jones
Industrial Average Index, Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index and
Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index. Such comparative performance
information will be stated in the same terms in which the comparative data and
indices are stated. Further information about the Fund's performance is
contained in the annual report, which may be obtained without charge.

DISTRIBUTION PLAN

The Board of Directors of the Fund has adopted a Distribution Plan (the
"Plan") in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
after having concluded that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plan will
benefit the Fund and its shareholders. The Plan provides that the Fund may pay
distribution fees, including payments to the Distributor, at an annual rate not
to exceed 0.25% of its average daily net assets for distribution services.

Distribution payments will be made as follows: The Fund either directly or
through the Adviser, may make payments periodically (i) to the Distributor or to
any broker-dealer (a "Broker") who is registered under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 and a member in good standing of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. and who has entered into a Selected Dealer Agreement
with the Distributor, (ii) to other persons or organizations ("Servicing
Agents") who have entered into shareholder processing and service agreements
with the Adviser or with the Distributor, with respect to Fund shares owned by
shareholders for which such Broker is the dealer or holder of record or such
servicing agent has a servicing relationship, or (iii) for expenses associated
with distribution of Fund shares, including the compensation of the sales
personnel of the Distributor; payments of no more than an effective annual rate
of 0.25%, or such lesser amounts as the Distributor determines appropriate.
Payments may also be made for any advertising and promotional expenses relating
to selling efforts, including but not limited

12
<PAGE>

to the incremental costs of printing, prospectuses, statements of additional
information, annual reports and other periodic reports for distribution to
persons who are not shareholders of the Fund: the costs of preparing and
distributing any other supplemental sales literature; costs of radio,
television, newspaper and other advertising; telecommunications expenses,
including the cost of telephones, telephone lines and other communications
equipment, (LMC and LFD may also pay, from their own past profits, additional
amounts to third parties for distribution-related expenses) incurred by or for
the Distributor in carrying out its obligations under the Distribution
Agreement.

DIVIDEND, DISTRIBUTION AND REINVESTMENT POLICY

The Fund intends to declare or distribute a dividend from its net investment
income and/or net capital gain income to shareholders annually or more
frequently if necessary in order to comply with distribution requirements of the
Code to avoid the imposition of regular Federal income tax, and if applicable, a
4% excise tax.

Any dividends and distribution payments will be reinvested at net asset
value, without sales charge, in additional full and fractional shares of the
Fund unless and until the shareholder notifies the Agent in writing that he
wants to receive his payments in cash. This request must be received by the
Agent at least seven days before the dividend record date. Upon receipt by the
Agent of such written notice, all further payments will be made in cash until
written notice to the contrary is received. An account of such shares owned by
each shareholder will be maintained by the Agent. Shareholders whose accounts
are maintained by the Agent will have the same rights as other shareholders with
respect to shares so registered (see "How to Purchase Shares-The Open Account").

TAX MATTERS

The Fund intends to qualify as a regulated investment company by satisfying
the requirements under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"), including requirements with respect to diversification of
assets, distribution of income and sources of income. It is the Fund's policy to
distribute to shareholders all of its investment income (net of expenses) and
any capital gains (net of capital losses) so that, in addition to satisfying the
distribution requirement of Subchapter M, the Fund will not be subject to
federal income tax or the 4% excise tax.

Distributions by the Fund of its net investment income (which includes
certain foreign currency gains and losses) and the excess, if any, of its net
short-term capital gain over its net long-term capital loss are taxable to
shareholders as ordinary income. These distributions are treated as dividends
for federal income tax purposes, but in any year only a portion thereof (which
cannot exceed the aggregate amount of qualifying dividends from domestic
corporations received by the Fund during the year) may qualify for the 70%
dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. Because the Fund's
investment income will include almost entirely dividends from foreign
corporations and the Fund may have interest income and short-term capital gains,
substantially all of the ordinary income dividends paid by the Fund should not
qualify for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions by the Fund of the
excess, if any, of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term
capital loss are designated as capital gain dividends and are taxable to
shareholders as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the
shareholder held his shares.

A portion of the income earned by the Fund may be subject to foreign
withholding taxes. The economic effect of such withholding taxes upon the return
earned by the Fund cannot be predicted. Under certain circumstances, the Fund
may elect to "pass-through" to its shareholders the income or other taxes paid
by the Fund to foreign governments during a year. Each shareholder will be
required to include his pro rata portion of these foreign taxes in his gross
income, but will be able to deduct or (subject to various limitations) claim a
foreign tax credit for such amount.

Distributions to shareholders will be treated in the same manner for federal
income tax purposes whether received in cash or reinvested in additional shares
of the Fund. In general, distributions by the Fund are taken into account by the
shareholders in the year in which they are made. However, certain distributions
made during January will be treated as having been paid by the Fund and received
by the shareholders on December 31 of the preceding year. A statement setting
forth the federal income tax status of all distributions made or deemed made
during the year, including any amount of foreign taxes "passed-through", will be
sent to shareholders promptly after the end of each year.

13
<PAGE>

Investors should be careful to consider the tax implications of purchasing
shares just prior to the record date of any ordinary income dividend or capital
gain dividend. Those investors purchasing shares just prior to an ordinary
income or capital gain dividend will be taxed on the entire amount of the
dividend received, even though the net asset value per share on the date of such
purchase reflected the amount of such dividend.

A shareholder will recognize gain or loss upon the sale or redemption of
oshares of the Fund in an amount equal to the difference between the proceeds of
the sale or redemption and the shareholder's adjusted tax basis in the shares.
Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares within six months from
the date of their purchase will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the
extent of any capital gain dividends received on such shares. All or a portion
of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares of the Fund may be
disallowed if other shares of the Fund are purchased within 30 days before or
after such disposition.

Under the back-up withholding rules of the Code, certain shareholders may be
subject to 31% withholding of federal income tax on ordinary income dividends,
capital gain dividends and redemption payments made by the Fund. In order to
avoid this back-up withholding, a shareholder must provide the Fund with a
correct taxpayer identification number (which for most individuals is their
Social Security number) or certify that it is a corporation or otherwise exempt
from or not subject to back-up withholding. The new account application included
with this Prospectus provides for shareholder compliance with these
certification requirements.

The foregoing discussion of federal income tax consequences is based on tax
laws and regulations in effect on the date of this Prospectus, and is subject to
change by legislative or administrative action. As the foregoing discussion is
for general information only, a prospective shareholder should also review the
more detailed discussion of federal income tax considerations relevant to the
Fund that is contained in the Statement of Additional Information. In addition,
each prospective shareholder should consult with his own tax adviser as to the
tax consequences of investments in the Fund, including the application of state
and local taxes which may differ from the federal income tax consequences
described above.

ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK

The Company is an open-end, diversified management investment company
organized as a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland on November
24, 1993, and has authorized capital of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock,
par value $.001 of which 500,000,000 have been designated to the Lexington
International Fund Series. Each share of common stock has one vote and shares
equally in dividends and distributions when and if declared by the Company and
in the Company's net assets upon liquidation. All shares, when issued, are fully
paid and non-assessable. There are no preemptive, conversion or exchange rights.
Fund shares do not have cumulative voting rights and, as such, holders of at
least 50% of the shares voting for Directors can elect all Directors and the
remaining shareholders would not be able to elect any Directors.

The Company will not normally hold annual shareholder meetings except as
required by Maryland General Corporation Law or the Investment Company Act of
1940. However, meetings of shareholders may be called at any time by the
Secretary upon the written request of shareholders holding in the aggregate not
less than 25% of the outstanding shares, such request specifying the purposes
for which such meeting is to be called. In addition, the Directors will promptly
call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of
removal of any Director when requested to do so in writing by the recordholders
of not less than 10% of the Fund's outstanding shares. The Fund will assist
shareholders in any such communication between shareholders and Directors.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., 1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York
10036 has been retained to act as custodian for the Fund's portfolio securities
including those to be held by foreign banks and foreign securities depositories
that qualify as eligible foreign custodians under the rules adopted by the SEC
and for the Fund's domestic securities and other assets. State Street Bank and
Trust Company, 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, has been
retained to act as the transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent for the
Fund. Neither Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. nor State Street Bank and Trust Company
have any part in determining the investment policies of the Fund or in
determining which portfolio securities are to be purchased or sold by the Fund
or in the declaration of dividends and distributions.

14
<PAGE>

COUNSEL AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel, 919 Third Avenue, New
York, New York 10022 will pass upon legal matters for the Fund in connection
with the shares offered by this Prospectus. KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, 345 Park
Avenue, New York, New York 10154, has been selected as independent auditors for
the Fund for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1996.

OTHER INFORMATION

This prospectus omits certain information contained in the registration
statement filed with the SEC. Copies of the registration statement, including
items omitted herein, may be obtained from the SEC by paying the charges
prescribed under its rules and regulations. The Statement of Additional
Information included in such registration statement may be obtained without
charge from the Fund.

The Code of Ethics adopted by each of the Adviser and the Fund prohibits
all affiliated personnel from engaging in personal investment activities which
compete with or attempt to take advantage of the Fund's planned portfolio
transactions. The objective of each Code of Ethics is that the operations of the
Adviser, Sub-Adviser and Fund be carried out for the exclusive benefit of the
Fund's shareholders. All organizations maintain careful monitoring of compliance
with the Code of Ethics.

Additional portfolios may be created from time to time with investment
objectives and policies different from those of the Fund. In addition, the
Directors may, subject to any necessary regulatory approvals, create more than
one class of shares in the Fund, with the classes being subject to different
charges and expenses and having such other different rights as the Directors may
prescribe.

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representation other than those contained in this Prospectus, and information or
representations not herein contained, if given or made, must not be relied upon
as having been authorized by the Fund. This Prospectus does not constitute an
offer or solicitation in any jurisdiction in which such offering may not
lawfully be made.

15
<PAGE>

(Left Column)

Investment Adviser
- -----------------------------------------------------------
LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
P.O. Box 1515/Park 80 West Plaza Two
Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663

Distributor
- -----------------------------------------------------------
LEXINGTON FUNDS DISTRIBUTOR, INC.
P.O. Box 1515/Park 80 West Plaza Two
Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663

All shareholder requests for services of any kind
should be sent to:

Transfer Agent
- -----------------------------------------------------------
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
c/o National Financial Data Services
Lexington Funds
1004 Baltimore
Kansas City, Missouri 64105

or call toll free:
Shareholder Service: 1-800-526-0056
Institutional/Financial Adviser Services: 1-800-367-9160
24 Hour Account Information: 1-800-526-0052

Table of Contents Page
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Fee Table .............................................. 2
Financial Highlights ................................... 2
Investment Objective and Policies ...................... 3
Risk Considerations .................................... 5
Investment Restrictions ................................ 6
Management of the Fund ................................. 7
Portfolio Manager ...................................... 8
How to Purchase Shares ................................. 8
How to Redeem Shares ................................... 9
Shareholder Services ................................... 10
Exchange Privilege ..................................... 10
Tax-Sheltered Retirement Plans ......................... 12
Performance Calculation ................................ 12
Distribution Plan ...................................... 12
Dividend, Distribution and Reinvestment Policy ......... 13
Tax Matters ............................................ 13
Organization and Description of Common Stock ........... 14
Custodian, Transfer Agent and
Dividend Disbursing Agent ............................ 14
Counsel and Independent Auditors ....................... 15
Other Information ...................................... 15

(Right Column)

-----------------
L E X I N G T O N
-----------------

-------------------------
LEXINGTON
INTERNATIONAL
FUND, INC.

(filled box)

(filled box) International
diversification

(filled box) Free telephone
exchange privilege

(filled box) No sales charge

(filled box) No redemption fee

(filled box)

The Lexington Group

No-Load

Investment Companies
--------------------

P R O S P E C T U S

APRIL 29, 1996
==============

<PAGE>

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

APRIL 29, 1996

This Statement of Additional Information which is not a prospectus, should
be read in conjunction with the current prospectus of Lexington International
Fund, Inc. (the "Fund"), dated April 29, 1996, and as it may be revised from
time to time. To obtain a copy of the Fund's prospectus at no charge, please
write to the Fund at P.O. Box 1515/Park 80 West - Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New
Jersey 07663 or call the following toll-free numbers:

Shareholder Services Information:-1-800-526-0056
Institutional/Financial Adviser Services: 1-800-367-9160
24 Hour Account Information:-1-800-526-0052

Lexington Management Corporation is the Fund's investment adviser. Lexington
Funds Distributor, Inc. is the Fund's distributor.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Investment Objective and Policies ........................................... 2

Risk Considerations ......................................................... 3

Investment Restrictions ..................................................... 4

Management of the Fund ...................................................... 6

Investment Adviser, Distributor and Administrator ........................... 9

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Commissions ............................ 10

Determination of Net Asset Value ............................................ 10

Distribution Plan ........................................................... 10

Telephone Exchange Provisions ............................................... 11

Tax Sheltered Retirement Plans .............................................. 12

Tax Matters ................................................................. 12

Performance Calculation ..................................................... 17

Shareholder Reports ......................................................... 18

Other Information ........................................................... 18

Financial Statements ........................................................ 20

1
<PAGE>

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

For a full description of the Fund's investment objective and policies, see
the Prospectus under "Investment Objective and Policies".

CERTAIN INVESTMENT METHODS

Settlement Transactions-When the Fund enters into contracts for purchase or sale
of a portfolio security denominated in a foreign currency, it may be required to
settle a purchase transaction in the relevant foreign currency or receive the
proceeds of a sale in that currency. In either event, the Fund will be obligated
to acquire or dispose of such foreign currency as is represented by the
transaction by selling or buying an equivalent amount of United States dollars.
Furthermore, the Fund may wish to "lock in" the United States dollar value of
the transaction at or near the time of a purchase or sale of portfolio
securities at the exchange rate or rates the prevailing between the United
States dollar and the currency in which the foreign security is denominated.
Therefore, the Fund may, for a fixed amount of United States dollars, enter into
a forward foreign exchange contract for the purchase or sale of the amount of
foreign currency involved in the underlying securities transaction. In so doing,
the Fund will attempt to insulate itself against possible losses and gains
resulting from a change in the relationship between the United States dollar and
the foreign currency during the period between the date a security is purchased
or sold and the date on which payment is made or received. This process is known
as "transaction hedging".

Such spot and forward foreign exchange transactions may also be utilized to
reduce the risk inherent in fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United
States dollar and the relevant foreign dollar and the relevant foreign currency
when foreign securities are purchased or sold for settlement beyond customary
settlement time (as described below). Neither type of foreign currency
transaction will eliminate fluctuations in the prices of the Fund's portfolio or
securities or prevent loss if the price of such securities should decline.

Portfolio Hedging-Some or all of the Fund's portfolio will be denominated in
foreign currencies. As a result, in addition to the risk of change in the market
value of portfolio securities, the value of the portfolio in United States
dollars is subject to fluctuations in the exchange rate between such foreign
currencies and the United States dollar. When, in the opinion of LMC, it is
desirable to limit or reduce exposure in a foreign currency in order to moderate
potential changes in the United States dollar value of the portfolio, the Fund
may enter into a forward foreign currency exchange contract by which the United
States dollar value of the underlying foreign portfolio securities can be
approximately matched by an equivalent United States dollar liability. This
technique is known as "portfolio hedging" and moderates or reduces the risk of
change in the United States dollar value of the Fund's portfolio only during the
period before the maturity of the forward contract (which will not be in excess
of one year). The Fund, for hedging purposes only, may also enter into forward
foreign currency exchange contracts to increase its exposure to a foreign
currency that the Fund's investment adviser expects to increase in value
relative to the United States dollar. The Fund will not attempt to hedge all of
its foreign portfolio positions and will enter into such transactions only to
the extent, if any, deemed appropriate by the investment adviser. Hedging
against a decline in the value of currency does not eliminate fluctuations in
the prices of portfolio securities or prevent losses if the prices of such
securities decline. The Fund will not enter into forward foreign currency
exchange transactions for speculative purposes. The Fund intends to limit
transactions as described in this paragraph to not more than 70% of the total
Fund assets.

Covered Call Options-Call options may also be used as a means of participating
in an anticipated price increase of a security on a more limited basis than
would be possible if the security itself were purchased. The Fund may write only

2
<PAGE>

covered call options. Since it can be expected that a call option will be
exercised if the market value of the underlying security increases to a level
greater than the exercise price, this strategy will generally be used when the
investment adviser believes that the call premium received by the Fund plus
anticipated appreciation in the price of the underlying security, up to the
exercise price of the call, will be greater than the appreciation in the price
of the security. The Fund intends to limit transactions as described in this
paragraph to less than 5% of total Fund assets. The Fund will not purchase put
and call options written by others. Also, the Fund will not write any put
options.

Repurchase Agreements-A repurchase agreement is a contract under which the Fund
would acquire a security for a relatively short period (usually not more than 7
days) subject to the obligations of the seller to repurchase and the Fund to
resell such security at a fixed time and price (representing the Fund's cost
plus interest). Although the Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with
respect to any portfolio securities which it may acquire consistent with its
investment policies and restrictions, it is the Fund's present intention to
enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the United
States government or its agencies or instrumentalities to meet anticipated
redemptions or pending investments or reinvestment of Fund assets in portfolio
securities. The Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with member
banks of the Federal Reserve System and with "primary dealers" in United States
government securities. In addition if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with
respect to the seller, be subject to risks associated with changes in market
value of the collateral securities. The Fund intends to limit repurchase
agreements to institutions believed by LMC to present minimal credit risk. The
Fund will not enter into repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days
if the aggregate of such repurchase agreements and all other illiquid securities
when taken together would exceed 15% of the total assets of the Fund.

RISK CONSIDERATIONS

Foreign Currency Considerations

Investment and Repatriation Restrictions

Some foreign countries may have laws and regulations which currently
preclude direct foreign investment in the securities of their companies.
However, indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and
traded on the stock exchanges in these countries is permitted by certain foreign
countries through investment funds which have been specifically authorized. The
Fund may invest in these investment funds subject to the provisions of the 1940
Act as discussed below under "Investment Restrictions". If the Fund invests in
such investment funds, the Fund's shareholders will bear not only their
proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund (including operating expenses
and the fees of the Investment Manager), but also will bear indirectly similar
expenses of the underlying investment funds.

3
<PAGE>

Foreign Securities Markets

Trading volume on foreign country stock exchanges is substantially less than
that on the New York Stock Exchange. Further, securities of some foreign
companies are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S.
companies. Similarly, volume and liquidity in most foreign bond markets is
substantially less than in the U.S. and, consequently, volatility of price can
be greater than in the U.S. Fixed commissions on foreign exchanges are generally
higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although the Fund
endeavors to achieve the most favorable net results on its portfolio
transactions and may be able to purchase the securities in which the Fund may
invest on other stock exchanges where commissions are negotiable.

Economic and Political Risks

The economies of individual foreign countries may differ favorably or
unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic
product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and
balance of payments position. Further, the economies of foreign countries
generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have
been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, managed
adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed
or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These economies also have
been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the
countries with which they trade.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The Fund's investment objective, as described under "investment policy" and
the following investment restrictions are matters or fundamental policy which
may not be changed without the affirmative vote of the lesser of (a) 67% or more
of the shares of the Fund present at a shareholders' meeting at which more than
50% of the outstanding shares are present or represented by proxy or (b) more
than 50% of the outstanding shares. Under these investment restrictions:

(1) the Fund will not issue any senior security (as defined in the 1940
Act), except that (a) the Fund may enter into commitments to purchase
securities in accordance with the Fund's investment program, including
reverse repurchase agreements, foreign exchange contracts, delayed
delivery and when-issued securities, which may be considered the
issuance of senior securities; (b) the Fund may engage in transactions
that may result in the issuance of a senior security to the extent
permitted under applicable regulations, interpretation of the 1940 Act
or an exemptive order; (c) the Fund may engage in short sales of
securities to the extent permitted in its investment program and other
restrictions; (d) the purchase or sale of futures contracts and related
options shall not be considered to involve the issuance of senior
securities; and (e) subject to fundamental restrictions, the Fund may
borrow money as authorized by the 1940 Act.

(2) The Fund will not borrow money, except that (a) the Fund may enter into
certain futures contracts and options related thereto; (b) the Fund may
enter into commitments to purchase securities in accordance

4
<PAGE>

with the Fund's investment program, including delayed delivery and
when-issued securities and reverse repurchase agreements; (c) for
temporary emergency purposes, the Fund may borrow money in amounts not
exceeding 5% of the value of its total assets at the time when the loan
is made; (d) The Fund may pledge its portfolio securities or receivables
or transfer or assign or otherwise encumber them in an amount not
exceeding one-third of the value of its total assets; and (e) for
purposes of leveraging, the Fund may borrow money from banks (including
its custodian bank), only if, immediately after such borrowing, the
value of the Fund's assets, including the amount borrowed, less its
liabilities, is equal to at least 300% of the amount borrowed, plus all
outstanding borrowings. If at any time, the value of the Fund's assets
fails to meet the 300% asset coverage requirement relative only to
leveraging, the Fund will, within three days (not including Sundays and
holidays), reduce its borrowings to the extent necessary to meet the
300% test.

(3) The Fund will not act as an underwriter of securities except to the
extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities
by the Fund, the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under the
provisions of the 1933 Act.

(4) The Fund will not purchase real estate, interests in real estate or real
estate limited partnership interests except that, to the extent
appropriate under its investment program, the Fund may invest in
securities secured by real estate or interests therein or issued by
companies, including real estate investment trusts, which deal in real
estate or interests therein.

(5) The Fund will not make loans, except that, to the extent appropriate
under its investment program, the Fund may (a) purchase bonds,
debentures or other debt securities, including short-term obligations,
(b) enter into repurchase transactions and (c) lend portfolio securities
provided that the value of such loaned securities does not exceed
one-third of the Fund's total assets.

(6) The Fund will not invest in commodity contracts, except that the Fund
may, to the extent appropriate under its investment program, purchase
securities of companies engaged in such activities, may enter into
transactions in financial and index futures contracts and related
options, may engage in transactions on a when-issued or forward
commitment basis, and may enter into forward currency contracts.

(7) The Fund will not concentrate its investments in any one industry,
except that the Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in
securities issued by companies principally engaged in any one industry.
The Fund considers foreign government securities and supranational
organizations to be industries. This limitation, however, will not apply
to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies
and instrumentalities.

(8) The Fund will not purchase securities of an issuer, if (a) more than 5%
of the Fund's total assets taken at market value would at the time be
invested in the securities of such issuer, except that such restriction
shall not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the United States
government or its agencies or instrumentalities or, with respect to 25%
of the Fund's total assets, to securities issued or guaranteed by the
government of any country other than the United States which is a member
of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development ("OECD").
The member countries of OECD are at present: Australia, Austria,
Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Germany, Finland, France, Greece, Iceland,
Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway,
Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the
United States; or (b) such purchases would at the time result in more
than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer being held
by the Fund.

In addition to the above fundamental restrictions, the Fund has undertaken
the following non fundamental restrictions, which may be changed in the future
by the Board of Directors, without a vote of the shareholders of the Fund:

(1) The Fund will not participate on a joint or joint-and-several basis in
any securities trading account. The "bunching" of orders for the sale or
purchase of marketable portfolio securities with other accounts under
the management of the investment adviser to save commissions or to
average prices among them is not deemed to result in a securities
trading account.

(2) The Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts and related options
under the following conditions: (a) the then-current aggregate futures
market prices of financial instruments required to be delivered and
purchased under open futures contracts shall not exceed 30% of the
Fund's total assets, at market value; and (b) no more than 5% of the
assets, at market value at the time of entering into a contract, shall
be committed to margin deposits in relation to futures contracts.

(3) The Fund will not make short sales of securities, other than short sales
"against the box," or purchase securities on margin except for
short-term credits necessary for clearance of portfolio transactions,

5
<PAGE>

provided that this restriction will not be applied to limit the use of
options, futures contracts and related options, in the manner otherwise
permitted by the investment restrictions, policies and investment
programs of the Fund.

(4) The Fund will not purchase securities of an issuer if to the Fund's
knowledge, one or more of the Directors or officers of the Fund or LMC
individually owns beneficially more than 0.5% and together own
beneficially more than 5% of the securities of such issuer nor will the
Fund hold the securities of such issuer.

(5) The Fund will not purchase the securities of any other investment
company, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.

(6) The Fund will not, except for investments which, in the aggregate, do
not exceed 5% of the Fund's total assets taken at market value, purchase
securities unless the issuer thereof or any company on whose credit the
purchase was based has a record of at least three years continuous
operations prior to the purchase.

(7) The Fund will not invest for the purpose of exercising control over or
management of any company.

(8) The Fund will not purchase warrants except in units with other
securities in original issuance thereof or attached to other securities,
if at the time of the purchase, the Fund's investment in warrants,
valued at the lower of cost or market, would exceed 5% of the Fund's
total assets. Warrants which are not listed on a United States
securities exchange shall not exceed 2% of the Fund's net assets. For
these purposes, warrants attached to units or other securities shall be
deemed to be without value.

(9) The Fund will not invest more than 15% of its total assets in illiquid
securities. Illiquid securities are securities that are not readily
marketable or cannot be disposed of promptly within seven days and in
the usual course of business without taking a materially reduced price.
Such securities include, but are not limited to, time deposits and
repurchase agreements with maturities longer than seven days. Securities
that may be resold under Rule 144A or securities offered pursuant to
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall not be
deemed illiquid solely by reason of being unregistered. The Investment
Adviser shall determine whether a particular security is deemed to be
liquid based on the trading markets for the specific security and other
factors.

(10) The Fund will not purchase interests in oil, gas, mineral leases or
other exploration programs; however, this policy will not prohibit the
acquisition of securities of companies engaged in the production or
transmission of oil, gas or other materials.

The percentage restrictions referred to above are to be adhered to at the
time of investment and are not applicable to a later increase or decrease in
percentage beyond the specified limit resulting from change in values or net
assets.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

The Directors and executive officers of the Fund and their principal
occupations are set forth below:

*+ROBERT M. DEMICHELE, President and Director. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J.
07663. Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Lexington Management
Corporation; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Lexington Funds
Distributor, Inc.; President and Director, Lexington Global Asset
Management, Inc.; Director, Unione Italiana Reinsurance; Vice Chairman of
the Board of Trustees, Union College; Director, The Navigator's Group, Inc.;
Chairman, Lexington Capital Management, Inc.; Chairman, LCM Financial
Services, Inc.; Director, Vanguard Cellular Systems, Inc.; Chairman of the
Board, Market System Research, Inc. and Market Systems Research Advisors,
Inc. (registered investment advisers); Trustee, Smith Richardson Foundation.

+BEVERLEY C. DUER, Director, 340 East 72nd Street, New York, N.Y. 10021.
Private Investor. Formerly, Manager of Operations Research Department - CPC
International, Inc.

*+BARBARA R. EVANS, Director. 5 Fernwood Road, Summit, N.J. 07901. Private
Investor. Prior to May,1989, Assistant Vice President and Securities
Analyst, Lexington Management Corporation; prior to March 1987, Vice
President - Institutional Equity Sales, L.F. Rothschild, Unterberg, Towbin.

*+LAWRENCE KANTOR, Vice President and Director. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook,
N.J. 07663. Managing Director, General Manager and Director, Lexington
Management Corporation; Executive Vice President and Director, Lexington
Funds Distributor, Inc.; Executive Vice President and General Manager -
Mutual Funds, Lexington Global Asset Managers, Inc.

6
<PAGE>

+DONALD B. MILLER, Director. 10725 Quail Covey Road, Boynton Beach, FL 33436.
Chairman, Horizon Media, Inc.; Trustee, Galaxy Funds; Director, Maquire
Group of Connecticut; prior to January 1989, President, Director and C.E.O.,
Media General Broadcast Services (advertising firm).

+JOHN G. PRESTON, Director. 3 Woodfield Road, Wellesley, Massachusetts 02181.
Associate Professor of Finance, Boston College, Boston, Massachusetts.

+MARGARET RUSSELL. Director. 55 North Mountain Avenue, Montclair, N.J. 07042.
Private Investor. Formerly, Community Affairs Director, Union Camp
Corporation.

+PHILIP C. SMITH, Director. 87 Lord's Highway, Weston, Connecticut 06883.
Private Investor; Director, Southwest Investors Income Fund, Inc.,
Government Income Fund, Inc., U.S. Trend Fund, Inc., Investors Cash Reserve
and Plimony Fund, Inc.

+FRANCIS A. SUNDERLAND, Director. 309 Quito Place, Castle Pines, Castle Rock,
Colorado 80104. Private Investor.

*+RICHARD T. SALER, Vice President and Portfolio Manager. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle
Brook, NJ 07663. Senior Vice President, Director of International Investment
Strategy. Lexington Management Corporation. Prior to July 1992, Securities
Analyst, Nomura Securities, Inc. Prior to November 1991, Vice President,
Lexington Management Corporation.

*+LISA CURCIO, Vice President and Secretary. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J.
07663. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Lexington Management
Corporation; Vice President and Secretary, Lexington Funds Distributor,
Inc.; Secretary, Lexington Global Asset Managers, Inc.

*+RICHARD M. HISEY, Vice President and Treasurer. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook,
N.J. 07663. Managing Director, Director and Chief Financial Officer,
Lexington Management Corporation; Chief Financial Officer, Vice President
and Director, Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc.; Chief Financial Officer,
Market Systems Research Advisors, Inc.; Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer, Lexington Global Asset Managers, Inc.

*+RICHARD LAVERY, CLU ChFC, Vice President. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J.
07663. Senior Vice President, Lexington Management Corporation; Vice
President, Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc.

*+JANICE CARNICELLI, Vice President. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.

*+CHRISTIE CARR, Assistant Treasurer. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.
Prior to October 1992, Senior Accountant, KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.

*+SIOBHAN GILFILLAN, Assistant Treasurer. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J.
07663.

*+THOMAS LUEHS, Assistant Treasurer. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.
Prior to November 1993, Supervisor of Investment Accounting, Alliance
Capital Management. *+SHERI MOSCA, Assistant Treasurer. P.O. Box 1515,
Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.

*+SHERI MOSCA, Assistant Treasurer. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.

*+ANDREW PETRUSKI, Assistant Treasurer. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.
Prior to May 1994, Supervising Senior Accountant, NY Life Securities. Prior
to December 1990, Senior Accountant, Dreyfus Corporation.

*+PETER CORNIOTES, Assistant Secretary. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.
Assistant Secretary, Lexington Management Corporation. Assistant Secretary,
Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc.

*+ENRIQUE J. FAUST, Assistant Secretary. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J.
07663. Prior to March 1994, Blue Sky Compliance Coordinator, Lexington
Management Corporation.

*"Interested person" and/or "Affiliated person" of LMC as defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

+Messrs. Corniotes, DeMichele, Duer, Faust, Hisey, Kantor, Lavery, Luehs,
Miller, Petruski, Preston, Saler, Smith and Sunderland and Mmes. Carnicelli,
Carr, Curcio, Evans, Gilfillan, Mosca, and Russell hold similar officers with
some or all of the other investment companies advised and/or distributed by LMC
and LFD.

The Board of Directors met 5 times during the twelve months ended December
31, 1995, and each of the Directors attended at least 75% of those meetings.

Remuneration of Directors and Certain Executive Officers:

Each Director is reimbursed for expenses incurred in attending each meeting
of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. Each Director who is not an
affiliate of the advisor is compensated for his or her services according to a
fee schedule which recognizes the fact that each Director also serves as a
Director of other investment companies advised by LMC. Each Director receives a
fee, allocated among all investment companies for which the Director serves.

7
<PAGE>

Effective September 12, 1995 each Director receives annual compensation of
$24,000. Prior to September 12, 1995, the Directors who were not employed by the
Fund or its affiliates received annual compensation of $16,000.

Set forth below is information regarding compensation paid or accrued during
the period January 1, 1995 to December 31, 1995 for each Director:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Total Compensation Number of
Name of Director Compensation from From Fund and Directorships in Fund
Fund Fund Complex Complex
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Robert M. DeMichele 0 0 15
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beverley C. Duer $1,456 $22,616 15
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Barbara R. Evans 0 0 14
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lawrence Kantor 0 0 14
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Donald B. Miller $1,456 $20,616 14
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John G. Preston $1,456 $20,616 14
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Margaret Russell $1,456 $19,560 13
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip C. Smith $1,456 $20,616 14
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Francis A. Sunderland $1,456 $19,560 13
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

Retirement Plan for Eligible Directors/Trustees

Effective September 12, 1995, the Directors instituted a Retirement Plan for
Eligible Directors/Trustees (the "Plan") pursuant to which each Director/Trustee
(who is not an employee of any of the Funds, the Advisor, Administrator or
Distributor or any of their affiliates) may be entitled to certain benefits upon
retirement from the Board. Pursuant to the Plan, the normal retirement date is
the date on which the eligible Director/Trustee has attained age 65 and has
completed at least ten years of continuous and non-forfeited service with one or
more of the investment companies advised by LMC (or its affiliates)
(collectively, the "Covered Funds"). Each eligible Director/Trustee is entitled
to receive from the Covered Fund an annual benefit commencing on the first day
of the calendar quarter coincident with or next following his date of retirement
equal to 5% of his compensation multiplied by the number of such
Director/Trustee's years of service (not in excess of 15 years) completed with
respect to any of the Covered Portfolios. Such benefit is payable to each
eligible Director in quarterly installments for ten years following the date of
retirement or the life of the Director/Trustee. The Plan establishes age 72 as a
mandatory retirement age for Directors/Trustees; however, Director/Trustees
serving the Funds as of September 12, 1995 are not subject to such mandatory
retirement. Directors/Trustees serving the Funds as of September 12, 1995 who
elect retirement under the Plan prior to September 12, 1996 will receive an
annual retirement benefit at any increased compensation level if compensation is
increased prior to September 12, 1997 and receive spousal benefits (i.e., in the
event the Director/Trustee dies prior to receiving full benefits under the Plan,
the Director/Trustee's spouse (if any) will be entitled to receive the
retirement benefit within the 10 year period.)

Retiring Directors will be eligible to serve as Honorary Directors for one
year after retirement and will be entitled to be reimbursed for travel expenses
to attend a maximum of two meetings.

Set forth in the table below are the estimated annual benefits payable to an
eligible Director upon retirement assuming various compensation and years of
service classifications. As of December 31, 1995, the estimated credited years
of service for Directors Duer, Miller, Preston, Russell, Smith and Sunderland
are 18, 22, 18, 15, 26 and 36, respectively.

8
<PAGE>

Highest Annual Compensation Paid by All Funds
---------------------------------------------
$20,000 $25,000 $30,000 $35,000

Years of
Service Estimated Annual Benefit Upon Retirement
------- ----------------------------------------
15 $15,000 $18,750 $22,500 $26,250
14 14,000 17,500 21,000 24,500
13 13,000 16,250 19,500 22,750
12 12,000 15,000 18,000 21,000
11 11,000 13,750 16,500 19,250
10 10,000 12,500 15,000 17,500

INVESTMENT ADVISER, DISTRIBUTOR AND ADMINISTRATOR

Lexington Management Corporation ("LMC"), P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, New
Jersey 07663 is the investment adviser to the Fund pursuant to an Investment
Management Agreement dated December 7, 1993, (the "Advisory Agreement").
Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc. ("LFD") is the distributor of Fund shares
pursuant to a Distribution Agreement dated December 7, 1993, (the "Distribution
Agreement"). Both of these agreements were approved by the Fund's Board of
Directors (including a majority of the Directors who were not parties to either
the Advisory Agreement or the Distribution Agreement or "interested persons" of
any such party) on December 6, 1994. LMC makes recommendations to the Fund with
respect to its investments and investment policies.

LMC also acts as administrator to the Fund and performs certain
administrative and accounting services, including but not limited to,
maintaining general ledger accounts, regulatory compliance, preparation of
financial information for semiannual and annual reports, preparing registration
statements, calculating net asset values, shareholder communications and
supervision of the custodian, transfer agent and provides facilities for such
services. The Fund shall reimburse LMC for its actual cost in providing such
services, facilities and expenses.

LMC's investment advisory fee will be reduced for any fiscal year by any
amount necessary to prevent Fund expenses from exceeding the most restrictive
expense limitations imposed by the securities laws or regulations of those
states or jurisdictions in which the Fund's shares are registered or qualified
for sale. Currently, the most restrictive of such expense limitation would
require LMC to reduce its fee so that ordinary expenses (excluding interest,
taxes, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses) for any fiscal year do
not exceed 2.5% of the first $30 million of the Fund's average daily net assets,
plus 2.0% of the next $70 million, plus 1.5% of the Fund's average daily net
assets in excess of $100 million. LFD pays the advertising and sales expenses of
the continuous offering of Fund shares, including the cost of printing
prospectuses, proxies and shareholder reports for persons other than existing
shareholders. The Fund furnishes LFD, at printer's overrun cost paid by LFD,
such copies of its prospectus and annual, semi-annual and other reports and
shareholder communications as may reasonably be required for sales purposes.

The Advisory Agreement, the Distribution Agreement and the Administrative
Services Agreement are subject to annual approval by the Fund's Board of
Directors and by the affirmative vote, cast in person at a meeting called for
such purpose, of a majority of the Directors who are not parties either to the
Advisory Agreement or the Distribution Agreement, as the case may be, or
"interested persons" of any such party. Either the Fund or LMC may terminate the
Advisory Agreement and the Fund or LFD may terminate the Distribution Agreement
on 60 days' written notice without penalty. The Advisory Agreement terminates
automatically in the event of assignment, as defined in the Investment Company
Act of 1940. LMC is paid an investment advisory fee at the annual rate of 1.00%
of the Fund's average daily net assets. For the year ended December 31, 1994,
the Fund paid LMC $152,230 in investment advisory fees and for the year ended
December 31, 1995, the Fund paid LMC $173,563 in investment advisory fees.

LMC shall not be liable to the Fund or its shareholders for any act or
omission by LMC, its officers, directors or employees or any loss sustained by
the Fund or its shareholders except in the case of willful misfeasance, bad
faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty.

LMC and LFD are wholly owned subsidiaries of Lexington Global Asset
Managers, Inc., a publicly traded corporation. Descendants of Lunsford
Richardson, Sr., their spouses, trusts and other related entities have a
majority voting control of outstanding shares of Lexington Global Asset
Managers, Inc.

Of the directors, officers or employees ("affiliated persons") of the Fund,
Messrs. Corniotes, DeMichele, Faust, Hisey, Kantor, Lavery, Luehs, Petruski and
Saler and Mmes. Carnicelli, Carr, Curcio, Gilfillan and Mosca (see "Management
of the Fund"), may also be deemed affiliates of LMC and LFD by virtue of being
officers, directors or employees thereof.

9
<PAGE>

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS

The Fund's primary policy is to execute all purchases and sales of portfolio
instruments at the most favorable prices consistent with best execution,
considering all of the costs of the transaction including brokerage commissions.
This policy governs the selection of brokers and dealers and the market in which
a transaction is executed. Consistent with this policy, the Rules of Fair
Practice of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and such other
policies as the Directors may determine, LMC may consider sales of shares of the
Fund and of the other Lexington Funds as a factor in the selection of brokers
and dealers and the market in which a transaction is executed. Consistent with
this policy, the Rules of Fair Practice of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., and such other policies as the Directors may
determine, LMC may consider sales of shares of the Fund and of the other
Lexington Funds as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute the
Fund's portfolio transactions. However, pursuant to the Fund's investment
management agreement, management consideration may be given in the selection of
broker-dealers to research provided and payment may be made of a commission
higher than that charged by another broker-dealer which does not furnish
research services or which furnishes research services deemed to be a lesser
value, so long as the criteria of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 are met. Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 was
adopted in 1975 and specifies that a person with investment discretion shall not
be "deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached a fiduciary duty" solely
because such person has caused the account to pay higher commission than the
lowest available under certain circumstances, provided that the person so
exercising investment discretion makes a good faith determination that the
person so commissions paid are "reasonable in the relation to the value of the
brokerage and research services provided...viewed in terms of either that
particular transaction or his overall responsibilities with respect to the
accounts as to which he exercises investment discretion."

Currently, it is not possible to determine the extent to which commissions
that reflect an element of value for research services might exceed commissions
that would be payable for executions services alone. Nor generally can the value
of research services to the Fund be measured. Research services furnished might
be useful and of value to LMC and its affiliates, in serving other clients as
well as the Fund. On the other hand, any research services obtained by LMC or
its affiliates from the placement of portfolio brokerage of other clients might
be useful and of value to LMC in carrying out its obligations to the Fund. For
the year ended December 31, 1995, the Fund paid $153,791 in brokerage
commissions.

The Fund anticipates that its brokerage transactions involving securities of
companies domiciled in countries other than the United States will normally be
conducted on the principal stock exchanges of those countries. Fixed commissions
of foreign stock exchange transactions are generally higher than the negotiated
commission rates available in the United States. There is generally less
government supervision and regulation of foreign stock exchanges and
broker-dealers than in the United States.

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The Fund calculates net asset value as of the close of normal trading on the
New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, unless weather,
equipment failure or other factors contribute to an earlier closing time) each
business day. It is expected that the New York Stock Exchange will be closed on
Saturdays and Sundays and on New Year's Day, President's Day, Good Friday,
Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.
See the Prospectus for the further discussion of net asset value.

DISTRIBUTION PLAN

The Fund has adopted a Distribution Plan (the "Plan") in accordance with
Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which provides that the
Fund may pay distribution fees including payments to the Distributor, at an
annual rate not to exceed 0.25% of its average daily net assets for distribution
services.

Distribution payments will be made as follows: The Fund either directly or
through the adviser, may make payments periodically (i) to the Distributor or to
any broker-dealer (a "Broker") who is registered under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 and a member in good standing of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. and who has entered into a Selected Dealer Agreement
with the Distributor, (ii) to other persons or organizations ("Servicing
Agents") who have entered into shareholder processing and service agreements
with the Adviser or with the Distributor, with respect to Fund shares owned by
shareholders for which such Broker is the dealer or holder of record or such
servicing agent has a servicing relationship, or (iii) for expenses associated
with distribution of Fund shares, including but not limited to the incremental
costs of printing prospectuses, statements of additional information, annual
reports and other periodic reports for distribution to persons who are not
shareholders of the Fund; the costs of preparing and distributing any other
supplemental sales literature; costs of radio, television, newspaper and other
advertising; telecommunications expenses, including the cost of telephones,
telephone lines and other communications equipment, incurred by or for the
Distributor in carrying out its obligations under the Distribution Agreement.

10
<PAGE>

Quarterly, in each year that this Plan remains in effect, the Fund's
Treasurer shall prepare and furnish to the Directors of the Fund a written
report, complying with the requirements of Rule 12b-1, setting forth the amounts
expended by the Fund under the Plan and purposes for which such expenditures
were made.

The Plan shall become effective upon approval of the Plan, the form of
Selected Dealer Agreement and the form of Shareholder Service Agreement, by the
majority votes of both (a) the Fund's Directors and the Qualified Directors (as
defined below), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on
the Plan and (b) the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, as defined in
Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act.

The Plan shall remain in effect for one year from its adoption date and may
be continued thereafter if this Plan and all related agreements are approved at
least annually a majority vote of the Directors of the Fund, including a
majority of the Qualified Directors cast in person at a meeting called for the
purpose of voting on such Plan and agreements. This Plan may not be amended in
order to increase materially the amount to be spent for distribution assistance
without shareholder approval. All material amendments to this Plan must be
approved by a vote of the Directors of the Fund, and of the Qualified Directors
(as hereinafter defined), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of
voting thereon.

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a majority vote of the Directors
who are not interested persons (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act)
of the Fund and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation
of the Plan or in any agreements related to the Plan (the "Qualified Directors")
or by vote of an majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, as
defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act.

While this Plan shall be in effect, the selection and nomination of
the"non-interested" Directors of the Fund shall be committed to the discretion
of the Qualified Directors then in office.

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE PROVISIONS

Exchange instructions may be given in writing or by telephone. Telephone
exchanges may only be made if a Telephone Authorization form has been previously
executed and filed with LFD. Telephone exchanges are permitted only after a
minimum of seven (7) days have elapsed from the date of a previous exchange.
Exchanges may not be made until all checks in payment for the shares to be
exchanged have been cleared.

Telephonic exchanges can only involve shares held on deposit at State Street
Bank and Trust Company (the "Agent"); shares held in certificate form by the
shareholder cannot be included. However, outstanding certificates can be
returned to the Agent and qualify for these services. Any new account
established with the same registration will also have the privilege of exchange
by telephone in the Lexington Funds. All accounts involved in a telephonic
exchange must have the same registration and dividend option as the account from
which the shares were transferred and will also have the privilege of exchange
by telephone in the Lexington Funds in which these services are available.

By checking the box on the New Account Application authorizing telephone
exchange services, a shareholder constitutes and appoints LFD, distributor of
the Lexington Group of Mutual Funds, as the true and lawful attorney to
surrender for redemption or exchange any and all non-certificate shares held by
the Agent in account(s) designated, or in any other account with the Lexington
Funds, present or future which has the identical registration, with full power
of substitution in the premises, authorizes and directs LFD to act upon any
instruction from any person by telephone for exchange of shares held in any of
these accounts, to purchase shares of any other Lexington Fund that is
available, provided the registration and mailing address of the shares to be
purchased are identical to the registration of the shares being redeemed, and
agrees that neither LFD, the Agent, or the Fund(s) will be liable for any loss,
expense or cost arising out of any requests effected in accordance with this
authorization which would include requests effected by impostors or persons
otherwise unauthorized to act on behalf of the account. LFD reserves the right
to cease to act as agent subject to the above appointment upon thirty (30) days
written notice to the address of record. If the shareholder is an entity other
than an individual, such entity may be required to certify that certain persons
have been duly elected and are now legally holding the titles given and that the
said corporation, trust, unincorporated association, etc. is duly organized and
existing and has the power to take action called for by this continuing
authorization.

Exchange Authorizations forms, Telephone Authorization forms and
prospectuses of the other funds may be obtained from LFD.

LFD has made arrangements with certain dealers to accept instructions by
telephone to exchange shares of the Fund or shares of one of the other Lexington
Funds at net asset value as described above. Under this procedure, the dealer
must agree to indemnify LFD and the funds from any loss or liability that any of
them might incur as a result of the acceptance of such telephone exchange
orders. A properly signed Exchange Authorization must be received by LFD within
5 days of the exchange request. LFD reserves the right to reject any telephone
exchange request. In each such exchange, the registration of the shares of the
Fund being acquired must be identical to the registration of the shares of the
Fund being exchanged. Any telephone exchange orders so rejected may be processed
by mail.

11
<PAGE>

TAX-SHELTERED RETIREMENT PLANS

The Fund makes available a variety of Prototype Pension and Profit Sharing
plans including a 401(k) Salary Reduction Plan and a 403(b)(7) Plan. Plan
services are available by contacting the Shareholder Services Department of the
Distributor at 1-800-526-0056.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT ("IRA"): Individuals may make tax deductible
contributions to their own Individual Retirement Accounts established under
Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Married investors filing
a joint return neither of whom is an active participant in an employer sponsored
retirement plan, or who have an adjusted gross income of $40,000 of less
($25,000 or less for single taxpayers) may continue to make a $2,000 ($2,500 for
spousal IRAs) annual deductible IRA contribution. For adjusted gross incomes
above $40,000 ($25,000 for single taxpayers, the IRA deduction limit is
generally phased out ratably over the next $10,000 of adjusted gross income,
subject to a minimum $200 deductible contribution. Investors who are not able to
deduct a full $2,000 ($2,250 spousal) IRA contribution because of the
limitations may make a nondeductible contribution to their IRA to the extent a
deductible contribution is not allowed. Federal income tax on accumulations
earned on nondeductible contributions is deferred until such time as these
amounts are deemed distributed to an investor. Rollovers are also permitted
under the Plan. The disclosure statement required by the Internal Revenue
Service ("IRS") is provided by the Fund.

The minimum initial investment to establish a tax-sheltered plan is $250.
Subsequent investments are subject to a minimum of $50 for each account.

SELF-EMPLOYED RETIREMENT PLAN (HR-10): Self-employed individuals may make tax
deductible contributions to a prototype defined contribution pension plan or
profit sharing plan. There are, however, a number of special rules which apply
when self-employed individuals participate in such plans. Currently purchase
payments under a self-employed plan are deductible only to the extent of the
lesser of (i) $30,000 or (ii) 25% of the individuals earned annual income (as
defined in the Code) and in applying these limitations not more than $200,000 of
"earned income" may be taken into account.

CORPORATE PENSION AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS: The Fund makes available a Prototype
Defined Contribution Pension Plan and a Prototype Profit Sharing Plan.

All purchases and redemptions of Fund shares pursuant to any one of the
Fund's tax sheltered plans must be carried out in accordance with the provisions
of the Plan. Accordingly, all plan documents should be reviewed carefully before
adopting or enrolling in the Plan. Investors should especially note that a
penalty tax of 10% may be imposed by the IRS on early withdrawals under
corporate, Keogh or IRA plans. It is recommended by the IRS that an investor
consult a tax adviser before investing in the Fund through any of these plans.

An investor participating in any of the Fund's special plans has no
obligation to continue to invest in the Fund and may terminate the Plan with the
Fund at any time. Except for expenses of sales and promotion, executive and
administrative personnel, and certain services which are furnished by LMC, the
cost of the plans generally is borne by the Fund; however, each IRA Plan account
is subject to an annual maintenance fee of $12.00 charged by the Agent.

TAX MATTERS

The following is only a summary of certain additional tax considerations
generally affecting the Fund and its shareholders that are not described in the
Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax
treatment of the Fund or its shareholders, and the discussions here and in the
Prospectus are not intended as substitutes for careful tax planning.

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company

The Fund has elected to be taxed as a regulated investment company under
Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). As a
regulated investment company, the Fund is not subject to federal income tax on
the portion of its net investment income (i.e., taxable interest, dividends and
other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses) and capital gain net income
(i.e., the excess of capital gains over capital losses) that it distributes to

12
<PAGE>

shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of its investment
company taxable income (i.e., net investment income and the excess of net
short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) for the taxable year
(the "Distribution Requirement"), and satisfies certain other requirements of
the Code that are described below. Distributions by the Fund made during the
taxable year or, under specified circumstances, within twelve months after the
close of the taxable year, will be considered distributions of income and gains
of the taxable year and can therefore satisfy the Distribution Requirement.

In addition to satisfying the Distribution Requirement, a regulated
investment company must: (1) derive at least 90% of its gross income from
dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains
from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies
(to the extent such currency gains are directly related to the regulated
investment company's principal business of investing in stock or securities) and
other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or
forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such
stock, securities or currencies (the "Income Requirement"); and (2) derive less
than 30% of its gross income (exclusive of certain gains on designated hedging
transactions that are offset by realized or unrealized losses on offsetting
positions) from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign
currencies (or options, futures or forward contracts thereon) held for less than
three months (the "Short-Short Gain Test"). However, foreign currency gains,
including those derived from options, futures and forwards, will not in any
event be characterized as Short-Short Gain if they are directly related to the
regulated investment company's investments in stock or securities (or options or
futures thereon). Because of the Short-Short Gain Test, the Fund may have to
limit the sale of appreciated securities that it has held for less than three
months. However, the Short-Short Gain Test will not prevent the Fund from
disposing of investments at a loss, since the recognition of a loss before the
expiration of the three-month holding period is disregarded for this purpose.
Interest (including original issue discount) received by the Fund at maturity or
upon the disposition of a security held for less than three months will not be
treated as gross income derived from the sale or other disposition of such
security within the meaning of the Short-Short Gain Test. However, income that
is attributable to realized market appreciation will be treated as gross income
from the sale or other disposition of securities for this purpose.

In general, gain or loss recognized by the Fund on the disposition of an
asset will be a capital gain or loss. However, gain recognized on the
disposition of a debt obligation purchased by the Fund at a market discount
(generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as
ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount which
accrued during the period of time the Fund held the debt obligation. In
addition, under the rules of Code Section 988, gain or loss recognized on the
disposition of a debt obligation denominated in a foreign currency or an option
with respect thereto (but only to the extent attributable to changes in foreign
currency exchange rates), and gain or loss recognized on the disposition of a
foreign currency forward contract, futures contract, option or similar financial
instrument, or of foreign currency itself, except for regulated futures
contracts or non-equity options subject to Code Section 1256 (unless the Fund
elects otherwise), will generally be treated as ordinary income or loss.

In general, for purposes of determining whether capital gain or loss
recognized by the Fund on the disposition of an asset is long-term or
short-term, the holding period of the asset may be affected if (1) the asset is
used to close a "short sale" (which includes for certain purposes the
acquisition of a put option) or is substantially identical to another asset so
used, (2) the asset is otherwise held by the Fund as part of a "straddle" (which
term generally excludes a situation where the asset is stock and Fund grants a
qualified covered call option (which, among other things, must not be
deep-in-the-money) with respect thereto) or (3) the asset is stock and Fund
grants an in-the-money qualified covered call option with respect thereto.
However, for purposes of the Short-Short Gain Test, the holding period of the
asset disposed of may be reduced only in the case of clause (1) above. In
addition, the Fund may be required to defer the recognition of a loss on the
disposition of an asset held as part of a straddle to the extent of any
unrecognized gain on the offsetting position.

Any gain recognized by the Fund on the lapse of, or any gain or loss
recognized by the Fund from a closing transaction with respect to, an option
written by the Fund will be treated as a short-term capital gain or loss. For
purposes of the Short-Short Gain Test, the holding period of an option written
by the Fund will commence on the date it is written and end on the date it
lapses or the date a closing transaction is entered into. Accordingly, the Fund
may be limited in its ability to write options which expire within three months
and to enter into closing transactions at a gain within three months of the
writing of options.

Transactions that may be engaged in by the Fund (such as regulated futures
contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and options on stock indexes and
futures contracts) will be subject to special tax treatment as "Section 1256
contracts." Section 1256 contracts are treated as if they are sold for their
fair market value on the last business day of the taxable year, even though a
taxpayer's obligations (or rights) under such contracts have not terminated (by
delivery, exercise, entering into a closing transaction or otherwise) as of such
date. Any gain or loss recognized as a consequence of the year-end deemed
disposition of Section 1256 contracts is taken into account for the taxable year
together with any other gain or loss that was previously recognized upon the
termination of Section 1256 contracts during that taxable

13
<PAGE>

year. Any capital gain or loss for the taxable year with respect to Section 1256
contracts (including any capital gain or loss arising as a consequence of the
year-end deemed sale of such contracts) is generally treated as 60% long-term
capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. A Fund, however,
may elect not to have this special tax treatment apply to Section 1256 contracts
that are part of a "mixed straddle" with other investments of the Fund that are
not Section 1256 contracts. The IRS has held in several private rulings (and
Treasury Regulations now provide) that gains arising from Section 1256 contracts
will be treated for purposes of the Short-Short Gain Test as being derived from
securities held for not less than three months if the gains arise as a result of
a constructive sale under Code Section 1256.

The Fund may purchase securities of certain foreign investment funds or
trusts which constitute passive foreign investment companies ("PFICs") for
federal income tax purposes. If the Fund invests in a PFIC, it may elect to
treat the PFIC as a qualifying electing fund (a "QEF") in which event the Fund
will each year have ordinary income equal to its pro rata share of the PFIC's
ordinary earnings for the year and long-term capital gain equal to its pro rata
share of the PFIC's net capital gain for the year, regardless of whether the
Fund receives distributions of any such ordinary earning or capital gain from
the PFIC. If the Fund does not (because it is unable to, chooses not to or
otherwise) elect to treat the PFIC as a QEF, then in general (1) any gain
recognized by the Fund upon sale or other disposition of its interest in the
PFIC or any excess distribution received by the Fund from the PFIC will be
allocated ratably over the Fund's holding period of its interest in the PFIC,
(2) the portion of such gain or excess distribution so allocated to the year in
which the gain is recognized or the excess distribution is received shall be
included in the Fund's gross income for such year as ordinary income (and the
distribution of such portion by the Fund to shareholders will be taxable as an
ordinary income dividend, but such portion will not be subject to tax at the
Fund level), (3) the Fund shall be liable for tax on the portions of such gain
or excess distribution so allocated to prior years in an amount equal to, for
each such prior year, (i) the amount of gain or excess distribution allocated to
such prior year multiplied by the highest tax rate (individual or corporate) in
effect for such prior year plus (ii) interest on the amount determined under
clause (i) for the period from the due date for filing a return for such prior
year until the date for filing a return for the year in which the gain is
recognized or the excess distribution is received at the rates and methods
applicable to underpayments of tax for such period, and (4) the distribution by
the Fund to shareholders of the portions of such gain or excess distribution so
allocated to prior years (net of the tax payable by the Fund thereon) will again
be taxable to the shareholders as an ordinary income dividend.

Under proposed Treasury Regulations the Fund can elect to recognize as gain
the excess, as of the last day of its taxable year, of the fair market value of
each share of PFIC stock over the Fund's adjusted tax basis in that share ("mark
to market gain"). Such mark to market gain will be included by the Fund as
ordinary income, such gain will not be subject to the Short-Short Gain Test, and
the Fund's holding period with respect to such PFIC stock commences on the first
day of the next taxable year. If the Fund makes such election in the first
taxable year it holds PFIC stock, the Fund will include ordinary income from any
mark to market gain, if any, and will not incur the tax described in the
previous paragraph.

Treasury Regulations permit a regulated investment company, in determining
its investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of
net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) for any taxable
year, to elect (unless it has made a taxable year election for excise tax
purposes as discussed below) to treat all or any part of any net capital loss,
any net long-term capital loss or any net foreign currency loss incurred after
October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year.

In addition to satisfying the requirements described above, the Fund must
satisfy an asset diversification test in order to qualify as a regulated
investment company. Under this test, at the close of each quarter of the Fund's
taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Fund's assets must consist of
cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated
investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Fund has
not invested more than 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets in securities
of such issuer and as to which the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the
outstanding voting securities of such issuer), and no more than 25% of the value
of its total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other
than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment
companies), or in two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are
engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses. Generally, an option (call
or put) with respect to a security is treated as issued by the issuer of the
security not the issuer of the option.

If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment
company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) will be
subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for
distributions to shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the
shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund's current and
accumulated earnings and profits. Such distributions generally will be eligible
for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders.

Excise Tax on Regulated Investment Companies

A 4% non-deductible excise tax is imposed on a regulated investment company
that fails to distribute in each calendar year an amount equal to 98% of
ordinary taxable income for the calendar year and 98% of capital gain net

14
<PAGE>

income for the one-year period ended on October 31 of such calendar year (or, at
the election of a regulated investment company having a taxable year ending
November 30 or December 31, for its taxable year (a "taxable year election")).
The balance of such income must be distributed during the next calendar year.
For the foregoing purposes, a regulated investment company is treated as having
distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year
ending in such calendar year.

For purposes of the excise tax, a regulated investment company shall: (1)
reduce its capital gain net income (but not below its net capital gain) by the
amount of any net ordinary loss for the calendar year; and (2) exclude foreign
currency gains and losses incurred after October 31 of any year (or after the
end of its taxable year if it has made a taxable year election) in determining
the amount of ordinary taxable income for the current calendar year (and,
instead, include such gains and losses in determining ordinary taxable income
for the succeeding calendar year).

The Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions of
its ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income prior to the end of each
calendar year to avoid liability for the excise tax. However, investors should
note that the Fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate
portfolio investments to make sufficient distributions to avoid excise tax
liability.

Fund Distributions

The Fund anticipates distributing substantially all of its investment
company taxable income for each taxable year. Such distributions will be taxable
to shareholders as ordinary income and treated as dividends for federal income
tax purposes, but they generally should not qualify for the 70%
dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.

A Fund may either retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain
for each taxable year. The Fund currently intends to distribute any such
amounts. If net capital gain is distributed and designated as a capital gain
dividend, it will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain,
regardless of the length of time the shareholder has held his shares or whether
such gain was recognized by the Fund prior to the date on which the shareholder
acquired his shares.

Conversely, if the Fund elects to retain its net capital gain, the Fund will
be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carryovers)
at the 35% corporate tax rate. If the Fund elects to retain its net capital
gain, it is expected that the Fund also will elect to have shareholders of
record on the last day of its taxable year treated as if each received a
distribution of his pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each
shareholder will be required to report his pro rata share of such gain on his
tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for
his pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain, and will increase the
tax basis for his shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the
tax credit.

Ordinary income dividends paid by the Fund with respect to a taxable year
will qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction generally available to
corporations (other than corporations, such as S corporations, which are not
eligible for the deduction because of their special characteristics and other
than for purposes of special taxes such as the accumulated earnings tax and the
personal holding company tax) to the extent of the amount of qualifying
dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year.
A dividend received by the Fund will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (1)
if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has
held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock),
excluding for this purpose under the rules of Code Section 246(c)(3) and (4):
(i) any day more than 45 days (or 90 days in the case of certain preferred
stock) after the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend and (ii) any period
during which the Fund has an option to sell, is under a contractual obligation
to sell, has made and not closed a short sale of, is the grantor of a
deep-in-the-money or otherwise nonqualified option to buy, or has otherwise
diminished its risk of loss by holding other positions with respect to, such (or
substantially identical) stock; (2) to the extent that the Fund is under an
obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with
respect to positions in substantially similar or related property; or (3) to the
extent the stock on which the dividend is paid is treated as debt-financed under
the rules of Code Section 246A. Moreover, the dividends-received deduction for a
corporate shareholder may be disallowed or reduced (1) if the corporate
shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its
shares of the Fund or (2) by application of Code Section 246(b) which in general
limits the dividends-received deduction to 70% of the shareholder's taxable
income (determined without regard to the dividends-received deduction and
certain other items). Since an insignificant portion of the Fund will be
invested in stock of domestic corporations, the ordinary dividends distributed
by the Fund will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporate
shareholders.

Alternative minimum tax ("AMT") is imposed in addition to, but only to the
extent it exceeds, the regular tax and is computed at a maximum marginal rate of
28% for noncorporate taxpayers and 20% for corporate taxpayers on the excess of
the taxpayer's alternative minimum taxable income ("AMTI") over an exemption
amount. In addition, under the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of
1986, a tax is imposed for taxable years beginning after 1986 and before 1996 at
the rate of 0.12% on the excess of a corporate taxpayer's AMTI (determined
without regard to the

15
<PAGE>

deduction for this tax and the AMT net operating loss deduction) over $2
million. For purposes of the corporate AMT and the environmental superfund tax
(which are discussed above), the corporate dividends-received deduction is not
itself an item of tax preference that must be added back to taxable income or is
otherwise disallowed in determining a corporation's AMTI. However, corporate
shareholders will generally be required to take the full amount of any dividend
received from the Fund into account (without a dividends-received deduction) in
determining its adjusted current earnings, which are used in computing an
additional corporate preference item (i.e., 75% of the excess of a corporate
taxpayer's adjusted current earnings over its AMTI (determined without regard to
this item and the AMT net operating loss deduction)) includable in AMTI.

Investment income that may be received by the Fund from sources within
foreign countries may be subject to foreign taxes withheld at the source. The
United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which
entitle the Fund to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, taxes on such income.
It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since
the amount of the Fund's assets to be invested in various countries is not
known. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund's total assets at the close of
its taxable year consist of the stock or securities of foreign corporations, the
Fund may elect to "pass through" to the Fund's shareholders the amount of
foreign taxes paid by the Fund. If the Fund so elects, each shareholder would be
required to include in gross income, even though not actually received, his pro
rata share of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund, but would be treated as having
paid his pro rata share of such foreign taxes and would therefore be allowed to
either deduct such amount in computing taxable income or use such amount
(subject to various Code limitations) as a foreign tax credit against federal
income tax (but not both). For purposes of the foreign tax credit limitation
rules of the Code, each shareholder would treat as foreign source income his pro
rata share of such foreign taxes plus the portion of dividends received from the
Fund representing income derived from foreign sources. No deduction for foreign
taxes could be claimed by an individual shareholder who does not itemize
deductions. Each shareholder should consult his own tax adviser regarding the
potential application of foreign tax credits.

Distributions by the Fund that do not constitute ordinary income dividends
or capital gain dividends will be treated as a return of capital to the extent
of (and in reduction of) the shareholder's tax basis in his shares; any excess
will be treated as gain from the sale of his shares, as discussed below.

Distributions by the Fund will be treated in the manner described above
regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or reinvested in
additional shares of the Fund (or of another fund). Shareholders receiving a
distribution in the form of additional shares will be treated as receiving a
distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares received,
determined as of the reinvestment date. In addition, if the net asset value at
the time a shareholder purchases shares of the Fund reflects undistributed net
investment income or recognized capital gain net income, or unrealized
appreciation in the value of the assets of the Fund, distributions of such
amounts will be taxable to the shareholder in the manner described above,
although such distributions economically constitute a return of capital to the
shareholder.

Ordinarily, shareholders are required to take distributions by the Fund into
account in the year in which the distributions are made. However, dividends
declared in October, November or December of any year and payable to
shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month will be deemed to
have been received by the shareholders (and made by the Fund) on December 31 of
such calendar year if such dividends are actually paid in January of the
following year. Shareholders will be advised annually as to the U.S. federal
income tax consequences of distributions made (or deemed made) during the year.

The Fund will be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the U.S.
Treasury 31% of ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends, and the
proceeds of redemption of shares, paid to any shareholder (1) who has provided
either an incorrect tax identification number or no number at all, (2) who is
subject to backup withholding by the IRS for failure to report the receipt of
interest or dividend income properly, or (3) who has failed to certify to the
Fund that it is not subject to backup withholding or that it is a corporation or
other "exempt recipient."

Sale or Redemption of Shares

A shareholder will recognize gain or loss on the sale or redemption of
shares of the Fund in an amount equal to the difference between the proceeds of
the sale or redemption and the shareholder's adjusted tax basis in the shares.
All or a portion of any loss so recognized may be disallowed if the shareholder
purchases other shares of the Fund within 30 days before or after the sale or
redemption. In general, any gain or loss arising from (or treated as arising
from) the sale or redemption of shares of the Fund will be considered capital
gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held
for longer than one year. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or
redemption of shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term
capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received on
such shares. For this purpose, the special holding period rules of Code Section
246(c)(3) and (4) (discussed

16
<PAGE>

above in connection with the dividends-received deduction for corporations)
generally will apply in determining the holding period of shares. Long-term
capital gains of noncorporate taxpayers are currently taxed at a maximum rate
11.6% lower than the maximum rate applicable to ordinary income. Capital losses
in any year are deductible only to the extent of capital gains plus, in the case
of a noncorporate taxpayer, $3,000 of ordinary income.

Foreign Shareholders

Taxation of a shareholder who, as to the United States, is a nonresident
alien individual, foreign trust or estate, foreign corporation, or foreign
partnership ("foreign shareholder"), depends on whether the income from the Fund
is "effectively connected" with a U.S. trade or business carried on by such
shareholder.

If the income from the Fund is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade
or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, ordinary income dividends paid
to a foreign shareholder will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of
30% (or lower treaty rate) upon the gross amount of the dividend. Furthermore,
such a foreign shareholder may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of
30% (or lower treaty rate) on the gross income resulting from the Fund's
election to treat any foreign taxes paid by it as paid by its shareholders, but
may not be allowed a deduction against this gross income or a credit against
this U.S. withholding tax for the foreign shareholder's pro rata share of such
foreign taxes which it is treated as having paid. Such a foreign shareholder
would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on gains realized on the
sale of shares of the Fund, capital gain dividends and amounts retained by the
Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains.

If the income from the Fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary income dividends,
capital gain dividends, and any gains realized upon the sale of shares of the
Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S.
citizens or domestic corporations.

In the case of foreign noncorporate shareholders, the Fund may be required
to withhold U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 31% on distributions that are
otherwise exempt from withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced treaty rate)
unless such shareholders furnish the Fund with proper notification of its
foreign status.

The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits
of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein.
Foreign shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to
the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund, including
the applicability of foreign taxes.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is
based on the Code and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder as in effect on
the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative or
administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the
conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a
retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.

Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income dividends and capital
gain dividends from regulated investment companies often differ from the rules
for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Shareholders are urged to
consult their tax advisers as to the consequences of these and other state and
local tax rules affecting investment in the Fund.

PERFORMANCE CALCULATION

For the purpose of quoting and comparing the performance of the Fund to that
of other mutual funds and to other relevant market indices in advertisements or
in reports to shareholders, performance may be stated in terms of total return.
Under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC rules"), funds
advertising performance must include total return quotes calculated according to
the following formula:

P(l+T)n = ERV

Where: P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000
T = average annual total return
n = number of years (1, 5 or 10)
ERV = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment
made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods
or at the end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods
(or fractional portion thereof).

Under the foregoing formula, the time periods used in advertising will be
based on rolling calendar quarters, updated to the last day of the most recent
quarter prior to submission of the advertising for publication, and will cover

17
<PAGE>

one, five and ten year periods or a shorter period dating from the effectiveness
of the Fund's Registration Statement. In calculating the ending redeemable
value, all dividends and distributions by the Fund are assumed to have been
reinvested at net asset value as described in the prospectus on the reinvestment
dates during the period. Total return, or "T" in the formula above, is computed
by finding the average annual compounded rates of return over the 1, 5 and 10
year periods (or fractional portion thereof) that would equate the initial
amount invested to the ending redeemable value. Any recurring account charges
that might in the future be imposed by the Fund would be included at that time.

The Fund may also from time to time include in such advertising a total
return figure that is not calculated according to the formula set forth above in
order to compare more accurately the performance of the Fund with other measures
of investment return. For example, in comparing the Fund's total return with
data published by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., or with the performance of
the Standard and Poor's 500 Stock Index or the Dow Jones Industrial Average, the
Fund calculates its aggregate total return for the specified periods of timely
assuming the investment of $10,000 in Fund shares and assuming the reinvestment
of each dividend or other distribution at net asset value on the reinvestment
date. Percentage increases are determined by subtracting the initial value of
the investment from the ending value and by dividing the remainder by the
beginning value. The Fund's average annual standard total return for the one
year and since commencement (1/3/94) periods ending December 31, 1995 were 5.77%
and 5.87%.

SHAREHOLDER REPORTS

Shareholders will receive reports at least semi-annually showing the Fund's
holdings and other information. In addition, shareholders will receive annual
financial statements audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, the Fund's independent
auditors.

OTHER INFORMATION

As of March 8, 1996, the following persons are known by Fund management to
have owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the outstanding
shares of Lexington International Fund, Inc.: Smith Richardson Foundation, P.O.
Box 3265, Greensboro, N.C. 27402, 30%; Piedmont Associates, Ltd., P.O. Box
20124, Greensboro, N.C. 27420, 29%; Hillsdale Fund, c/o Piedmont Financial
Company, P.O. Box 20124, Greensboro, N.C. 27420, 13% and Raritan Bay Health
Services Corporation, 530 New Brunswick Avenue, Perth Amboy, N.J. 08861, 9%.

18
<PAGE>

Independent Auditors' Report

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Lexington International Fund, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets (including the
portfolio of investments) and assets and liabilities of Lexington International
Fund, Inc. as of December 31, 1995, and the related statements of operations for
the year then ended, and the statement of changes in net assets and the
financial highlights for the year then ended and for the period from January 3,
1994 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 1994. These financial
statements and financial highlights are the responsibility of the Fund's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements and financial highlights based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and financial
highlights are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of
December 31, 1995 by correspondence with the custodian and brokers. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements and financial highlights referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Lexington International Fund, Inc. as of December 31, 1995, and the results of
its operations for the year then ended, and changes in its net assets and the
financial highlights for the year then ended and for the period from January 3,
1994 to December 31, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

New York, New York
January 29, 1996

<PAGE>

Lexington International Fund, Inc.
Statement of Net Assets
(Including the Portfolio of Investments)
December 31, 1995

Left Col.

Number of Value
Shares Security (Note 1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON STOCKS: 95.4%
Australia: 2.1%
45,200 QBE Insurance Group, Ltd. ....................... $ 208,749
58,400 TABcorp Holdings, Ltd. .......................... 164,776
----------
373,525
----------
Austria: 2.1%
2,300 Bank Austria AG ................................. 109,708
4,100 Creditanstalt-Bankverein ........................ 226,809
300 Wolford AG ...................................... 47,204
----------
383,721
----------
Canada: 0.5%
5,900 Jetform Corporation ............................. 85,181
----------

Chile: 1.2%
15,000 Banco Osorno y La Union (ADR) ................... 208,125
----------

Denmark: 1.7%
2,210 Novo-Nordisk A.S. ............................... 301,815
----------

France: 5.1%
1,327 Cetelem ......................................... 248,601
14,100 France Growth Fund, Inc. ........................ 139,238
70 Grand Optical Photoservice ...................... 6,821
4,100 SGS-Thomson Microelectronics N.V.2 .............. 156,712
540 Sidel S.A. ...................................... 167,983
1,530 Societe Generale de Surveillance
Holding S.A. "B" .............................. 188,696
----------
908,051
----------
Germany: 4.5%
18,200 Continental AG .................................. 253,217
1,800 Deutsche Bank AG ................................ 85,110
2,300 Fielmann AG (Preferred shares) .................. 118,400
1,520 G.M. Pfaff AG2 .................................. 106,268
920 SAP AG (Preferred shares) ....................... 138,880
216 Sto AG .......................................... 108,188
----------
810,063
----------
Hong Kong: 2.0%
169,000 National Mutual Asia, Ltd. ...................... 153,001
127,000 Semi-Tech (Global), Ltd. ........................ 204,494
----------
357,495
----------
Indonesia: 0.8%
92,500 PT Kawasan Industri Jababeka .................... 149,847
----------

Ireland: 2.2%
40,000 Allied Irish Banks Plc .......................... 215,662
74,700 Jefferson Smurfit Group ......................... 175,420
----------
391,082
----------

Right Col.

Number of Value
Shares Security (Note 1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Israel: 1.9%
90 Africa-Israel Investments, Ltd.2 ................ $ 108,523
20,220 Clal Industries, Ltd. ........................... 108,507
1,300 Koor Industries, Ltd. ........................... 129,072
----------
346,102
----------
Italy: 2.3%
11,900 Alleanza Assicurazioni .......................... 113,131
5,100 Assicurazioni Generali .......................... 123,393
20,000 Bulgari SpA2 .................................... 170,645
----------
407,169
----------
Japan: 30.3%
11,000 Amada Company, Ltd. ............................. 108,563
6,600 Amway Japan, Ltd. ............................... 278,433
4,000 CSK Corporation ................................. 125,012
9,000 Hino Motors, Ltd. ............................... 75,675
14,000 Joshin Denki Company, Ltd. ...................... 182,874
78,000 Kawasaki Kisen Kaisha, Ltd.2 .................... 247,547
60,000 Kawasaki Steel Corporation ...................... 208,999
25,000 Komatsu Forklift Company, Ltd. .................. 165,699
8,000 Makino Milling Machine Company,
Ltd. .......................................... 68,428
16,000 Matsushita Electric Industrial
Company, Ltd. ................................. 260,087
15,000 Matsushita Refrigeration Company,
Ltd. .......................................... 108,853
17,000 Matsuzakaya Company, Ltd. ....................... 215,481
68,000 Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding ............... 188,834
8,000 Mori Seiki Company, Ltd. ........................ 180,358
10,000 National House Industrial Corporation ........... 182,874
33,000 Nippon Chemi-Con Corporation2 ................... 219,681
10,000 Nippon Electric Glass Company, Ltd. ............. 189,647
61,000 Nippon Steel Corporation ........................ 208,940
400 Nissen Company, Ltd. ............................ 9,366
11,000 Nitto Denko Corporation ......................... 170,295
9 NTT Data Communications Systems
Corporation ................................... 302,177
8,200 Paris Miki, Inc. ................................ 294,359
2,000 Ryohin Keikaku Company, Ltd. .................... 166,425
13,000 Sharp Corporation ............................... 207,547
33,000 Shinmaywa Industries, Ltd. ...................... 272,046
3,300 Sony Corporation ................................ 197,649
12,000 Sumitomo Forestry Company ....................... 185,776
25,000 Sumitomo Realty & Development
Company ....................................... 176,584
21,000 Yamato Kogyo Company, Ltd. ...................... 203,193
----------
5,401,402
----------

<PAGE>

Lexington International Fund, Inc.
Statement of Net Assets
(Including the Portfolio of Investments)
December 31, 1995 (continued)

Left Col.

Number of Value
Shares Security (Note 1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Malaysia: 0.5%
44,000 Land & General Holdings Bhd ...................... $ 95,332
----------

Mexico: 1.4%
35,600 Tubos De Acero De Mexico S.A. (ADR) .............. 249,200
----------

Netherlands: 3.6%
8,400 ABN AMRO Holdings N.V. ........................... 382,103
2,000 Baan Company, N.V. ............................... 90,500
12,400 Elsevier N.V. .................................... 165,128
----------
637,731
----------
New Zealand: 4.7%
375,100 Brierley Investments, Ltd. ....................... 296,378
111,100 Fisher & Paykel Industries, Ltd. ................. 337,350
65,800 Independent Newspapers, Ltd. ..................... 199,798
----------
833,526
----------
Norway: 2.0%
35,500 Fokus Banken A.S.2 ............................... 191,263
12,300 Saga Petroleum A.S. .............................. 163,734
----------
354,997
----------
Philippines: 2.7%
286,000 C & P Homes, Inc.2 ............................... 210,053
357,500 Filinvest Land, Inc.2 ............................ 114,575
310,800 Universal Robina Corporation ..................... 154,155
----------
478,783
----------
Poland: 1.0%
5,200 Bank Rozwoju Eksportu S.A. ...................... 79,140
6,300 Debica S.A. ..................................... 95,114
----------
174,254
----------
Portugal: 1.0%
9,300 Portugal Telecom S.A. (ADR)2 ..................... 174,763
----------

Singapore: 1.7%
103,000 Comfort Group, Ltd. .............................. 87,424
23,000 United Overseas Bank, Ltd. ....................... 221,248
----------
308,672
----------
South Africa: 0.4%
4,216 Rustenburg Platinum Holdings, Ltd.
(ADR) .......................................... 69,391
Spain: 2.7%
9,400 Repsol S.A. ...................................... 307,227
13,100 Telefonica de Espana ............................. 180,957
----------
488,184
----------

Right Col.

Number of Value
Shares Security (Note 1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sweden: 2.4%
4,690 Astra AB .........................................$ 187,097
16,300 Atlas Copco AB ................................... 250,286
-----------
437,383
-----------
Switzerland: 4.5%
170 Nestle S.A. ...................................... 188,054
23 Roche Holding AG ................................. 181,946
210 Union Bank of Switzerland ........................ 227,568
280 Winterthur Schweizerische
Versicherungs-Gesellschaft ..................... 198,075
-----------
795,643
-----------
Thailand: 3.0%
28,800 Bangkok Bank, Ltd. ............................... 349,992
28,200 Total Access Communications Plc1,2 ............... 183,300
-----------
533,292
-----------
United Kingdom: 7.1%
163,600 Aegis Group Plc1 ................................. 95,726
30,450 Antofagasta Holdings Plc ......................... 138,053
21,400 B.A.T. Industries Plc ............................ 188,240
27,400 D.F.S. Furniture Company Plc ..................... 168,606
11,860 RTZ Corporation Plc .............................. 172,065
30,040 Takare Plc ....................................... 83,346
97,300 Tomkins Plc ...................................... 425,298
-----------
1,271,334
-----------
TOTAL COMMON STOCKS
(Cost $16,186,429) ............................... 17,026,063
-----------

LONG TERM DEBENTURES: 1.8%
Germany: 1.8%
$445,000 Bundesbank Deutschland
Republic Bond
6.5%, due 10/14/05
(Cost $316,015) .................................. 319,936
-----------

TOTAL INVESTMENTS: 97.2%
(cost $16,502,444+) (Note 1) .................. 17,345,999

Other assets in excess
of liabilities: 2.8% ........................... 508,640
TOTAL NET ASSETS: 100%
(equivalent to $10.60 per share on
1,685,127 shares outstanding) ..................$17,854,639
===========

<PAGE>

Lexington International Fund, Inc.
Statement of Net Assets
(Including the Portfolio of Investments)
December 31, 1995 (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Notes to Statement of Net Assets

1The following security was purchased under Rule 144A of the Securities Act
of 1933 and, unless registered under the Act or exempted from registration, may
be sold only to qualified institutional investors.

December 31, 1995
-------------------------
Average
Acquisition Cost per Market Percentage of
Issuer Date Share Value Net Assets
- ---------------------------------------- ----------- -------- --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>

Total Access Communications Plc ........ 09/28/95 $6.38 $183,300 1.03%
-------- -----
</TABLE>

Pursuant to guidelines adopted by the Fund's Board of Directors, this
unregistered security has been deemed to be illiquid. The Fund currently limits
investment in illiquid securities to 15% of the Fund's net assets, at market
value, at the time of purchase, but, pursuant to state regulations, the Fund's
investment in such securities is effectively limited to 10%.

2Non-income producing securities.
ADR-American Depository Receipt.
+Aggregate cost for Federal income tax purposes is identical.

----------------------

At December 31, 1995, the composition of the Fund's net assets by industry
concentration was as follows:

Banking ..................... 13.9%
Capital Equipment .......... 10.7
Construction & Housing ..... 2.2
Consumer Durable ............ 10.9
Consumer Nondurable ........ 3.5
Electric & Electronics ..... 6.0
Energy Sources .............. 2.6

Financial Services ........ 5.9%
Health Care ................ 4.2
Materials ................... 7.7
Merchandising ............... 6.5
Multi-Industry .............. 9.6
Real Estate ................ 2.5

Services .................... 4.8%
Telecommunications .......... 3.0
Transportation .............. 1.4
Other assets ................ 4.6
-----
Total Net Assets 100.0%
=====

The Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this statement.

<PAGE>

Lexington International Fund, Inc.
Statement of Assets and Liabilities
December 31, 1995

<TABLE>

<S> <C>

Assets
Investments in securities, at value (cost $16,502,444) (Note 1) .......................... $17,345,999
Cash ..................................................................................... 221,332
Receivable for investment securities sold ................................................ 378,680
Receivable for shares sold ............................................................... 1,160
Dividends and interest receivable ........................................................ 29,593
Foreign taxes recoverable ................................................................ 16,304
Deferred organization expenses, net (Note 1) ............................................ 31,462
Unrealized gain on open forward contracts (Note 7) ....................................... 318,123
-----------
Total Assets ..................................................................... 18,342,653
-----------

Liabilities
Due to Lexington Management Corporation (Note 2) ......................................... 13,990
Payable for investment securities purchased .............................................. 246,702
Accrued expenses ......................................................................... 39,411
Distributions payable .................................................................... 187,911
-----------
Total Liabilities ................................................................ 488,014
-----------
Net Assets (equivalent to $10.60 per share on 1,685,127 shares outstanding) (Note 4) ..... $17,854,639
===========

Net Assets consist of:
Capital stock-authorized 1,000,000,000 shares,
$.001 par value per share .............................................................. $ 1,685
Additional paid-in capital (Note 1) ...................................................... 16,804,291
Distributions in excess of net investment income (Note 1) ................................ (172,849)
Accumulated net realized gains on investments and foreign currency holdings (Note 1) ..... 59,544
Net unrealized appreciation of investments and foreign currency holdings ................. 1,161,968
-----------
$17,854,639
===========
</TABLE>

The Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this statement.

<PAGE>

Lexington International Fund, Inc.
Statement of Operations
Year ended December 31, 1995
<TABLE>

Investment Income
Dividends ......................................................... $ 375,996
Interest .......................................................... 74,579
---------
450,575
Less: foreign tax expense ......................................... 44,496
---------
Total investment income ..................................... 406,079

Expenses
Investment advisory fee (Note 2) ................................ 173,563
Accounting and shareholder services
expenses (Note 2) ............................................. 38,562
Custodian and transfer agent expenses ........................... 62,809
Printing and mailing ............................................ 31,734
Directors' fees and expenses .................................... 11,199
Audit and legal ................................................. 23,854
Registration fees ............................................... 23,860
Distribution expenses (Note 3) .................................. 36,785
Computer expense ................................................ 8,234
Other expenses .................................................. 5,895
Amortization of deferred organization
expenses (Note 1) ............................................. 9,613
---------
Total expenses ................................................ 426,108
---------
Net investment loss ....................................... (20,029)

Realized and Unrealized Gain on Investments (Note 5)
Net realized gain on:
Investments ................................................... 01,068
Foreign currency transactions ................................. 410,566
---------
Net realized gain ........................................... 511,634
Net change in unrealized appreciation on :
Investments ................................................... 254,843
Foreign currency translations of other assets and liabilities . 245,504
---------
Net change in unrealized appreciation ....................... 500,347
---------
Net realized and unrealized gain ............................ 1,011,981
---------

Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations .................. $ 991,952
=========

</TABLE>

The Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this statement.

<PAGE>

Lexington International Fund, Inc.
Statements of Changes in Net Assets
Years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994

1995 1994
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>

Net investment loss .................................................. $ (20,029) $ (142,947)
Net realized gain from investments and foreign currency
transactions ....................................................... 511,634 168,702
Increase in unrealized appreciation of investments and
foreign currency holdings .......................................... 500,347 661,621
----------- -----------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations ............. 991,952 687,376
Distributions to shareholders from net investment income ............ (398,985) (168,702)
Distributions to shareholders in excess of net investment
income (Note 1) .................................................... (172,849) -
Distributions to shareholders from net realized gains from
security transactions (Note 1) ..................................... (33,076) (195,096)
Increase (decrease) in net assets from capital share transactions
(Note 4) ........................................................... (375,760) 17,519,779
----------- -----------
Net increase in net assets ....................................... 11,282 17,843,357

Net Assets:
Beginning of period ................................................ 17,843,357 -
----------- -----------
End of period (including distributions in excess of net investment
income of $172,849 for the year ended December 31, 1995)
(Note 1) ......................................................... $17,854,639 $17,843,357
=========== ===========
</TABLE>

The Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

<PAGE>

Lexington International Fund, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1995 and 1994

1. Significant Accounting Policies

Lexington International Fund, Inc. (the "Fund") is an open end diversified
management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended. The Fund's investment objective is to seek long-term growth of
capital through investment in common stocks and equivalents of companies
demiciled in foreign countries. The Fund commenced operations on January 3,
1994. The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by
the Fund in the preparation of its financial statements:

Investments Security transactions are accounted for on a trade date basis.
Realized gains and losses from security transactions are reported on the
identified cost basis. Investments are stated at market value based on closing
prices reported by the exchange on which the securities are traded on the last
business day of the period or, for over-the-counter securities, at the average
between bid and asked prices, except for short-term securities which are stated
at amortized cost, which approximates market value. Securities for which market
quotations are not readily available and other assets are valued at fair value
as determined by management and approved in good faith by the Board of
Directors. All investments quoted in foreign currencies are valued in U.S.
dollars on the basis of the foreign currency exchange rates prevailing at the
close of business. Dividends and distributions to shareholders are recorded on
the ex-dividend date. Interest income is accrued as earned.

Foreign Currency Transactions Foreign currencies (and receivables and
payables denominated in foreign currencies) are translated into U.S. dollar
amounts at current exchange rates. Translation gains or losses resulting from
changes in exchange rates and realized gains and losses on the settlement of
foreign currency transactions are reported in the statement of operations. In
addition, the Fund may enter into forward foreign exchange contracts in order to
hedge against foreign currency risk in the purchase or sale of securities
denominated in foreign currency. The Fund may also enter into such contracts to
hedge against changes in foreign currency exchange rates on portfolio positions.
These contracts are marked to market daily, by recognizing the difference
between the contract exchange rate and the current market rate as unrealized
gains or losses. Realized gains or losses are recognized when contracts are
closed and are reported in the statement of operations.

Distributions In accordance with Statement of Position 93-2: Determination,
Disclosure and Financial Statement Presentation of Income, Capital Gain and
Return of Capital Distributions by Investment Companies, as of December 31,
1995, book and tax basis differences amounting to $338,043 have been
reclassified from accumulated net realized gain on investments to additional
paid-in capital. In addition, $419,014 was reclassified from accumulated net
realized gain on investments and foreign currency holdings to distributions in
excess of net investment income. Distributions in excess of net investment
income reflect temporary book-tax differences arising from tax treatment of
unrealized gains on forward foreign exchange contracts. As of December 31, 1994,
book and tax basis differences amounting to $142,947 have been reclassified from
undistributed net investment income to distributions in excess of net realized
gains on investments.

Federal Income Taxes It is the Fund's intention to comply with the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code applicable to "regulated investment
companies" and to distribute all of its taxable income to its shareholders.
Therefore, no provision for Federal income taxes has been made.

Deferred Organization Expenses Organization expenses aggregating $48,067
have been deferred and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over five
years.

2. Investment Advisory Fee and Other Transactions with Affiliate

The Fund pays an investment advisory fee to Lexington Management Corporation
("LMC") at the rate of 1% of average daily net assets. The investment advisory
contract provides that the total annual expenses of the Fund (including
management fees, but excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions and
extraordinary expenses) will not exceed the level of expenses which the Fund is
permitted to bear under the most restrictive expense limitation imposed by any
state in which shares of the Fund are offered for sale. No reimbursement was
required for the year ended December 31, 1995.

The Fund also reimburses LMC for certain expenses, including accounting and
shareholder servicing costs, which are incurred by the Fund, but paid by LMC.

26
<PAGE>

Lexington International Fund, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1995 and 1994 (continued)

3. Distribution Plan

The Fund has a Distribution Plan (the "Plan") which allows payments to finance
activities associated with the distribution of the Fund's shares. The Plan
provides that the Fund may pay distribution fees on a reimbursement basis,
including payments to Lexington Fund Distributors, Inc. ("LFD"), the Fund's
distributor, in amounts not exceeding 0.25% per annum of the Fund's average
daily net assets. Total distribution expenses for the year ended December 31,
1995 were $36,785 and are set forth in the statement of operations.

4. Capital Stock

Transactions in capital stock were as follows:

Year ended Year ended
December 31, 1995 December 31, 1994
----------------- -------------------
Shares Amount Shares Amount
------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Shares sold .......................... 179,998 $1,853,463 2,131,458 $21,962,295

Shares issued to shareholders on
reinvestment of dividends .......... 39,453 417,018 34,849 360,333
-------- ---------- --------- -----------
219,451 2,270,481 2,166,307 22,322,628

Shares redeemed ...................... (255,544) (2,646,241) (445,087) (4,802,849)
-------- ---------- --------- -----------
Net increase (decrease) .............. (36,093) $(375,760) 1,721,220 $17,519,779
======== ========== ========= ===========

</TABLE>

5. Purchases and Sales of Investment Securities

The cost of purchases and proceeds from sales of securities for the year ended
December 31, 1995, excluding short term securities, were $23,899,160 and
$21,660,731, respectively.

At December 31, 1995, aggregate gross unrealized appreciation for all securities
and foreign currency holdings (including foreign currency receivables and
payables) in which there is an excess of value over tax cost amounted to
$1,682,160 and aggregate gross unrealized depreciation for all securities and
foreign currency holdings in which there is an excess of tax cost over value
amounted to $520,192.

6. Investment Risks

The Fund's investments in foreign securities may involve risks not present in
domestic investments. Since foreign securities may be denominated in a foreign
currency and involve settlement and pay interest or dividends in foreign
currencies, changes in the relationship of these foreign currencies to the U.S.
dollar can significantly affect the value of the investments and earnings of the
Fund. Foreign investments may also subject the Fund to foreign government
exchange restrictions, expropriation, taxation or other political, social or
economic developments, all of which could affect the market and/or credit risk
of the investments.

In addition to the risks described above, risks may arise from forward foreign
currency contracts as the result of the potential inability of counterparties to
meet the terms of their contracts.

27
<PAGE>

Lexington International Fund, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1995 and 1994 (continued)

7. Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts

At December 31, 1995, the Fund was committed to sell foreign currencies under
the following forward foreign exchange contracts:

Unrealized
Settlement Contract Contract Current Gain at
Currency Date Amount Rate Rate 12/31/95
-------- ---------- -------- -------- ------- ----------
Deutsche Mark ............. 05/06/96 $ 862,844 1.4064 1.4287 $ 13,468
Japanese Yen .............. 01/31/96 494,204 86.1500 102.8915 80,412
Japanese Yen .............. 02/14/96 906,297 90.4200 102.6844 108,246
Japanese Yen .............. 02/20/96 476,290 94.2900 102.5956 38,558
Japanese Yen .............. 02/20/96 447,220 95.3300 102.5956 31,671
Japanese Yen .............. 03/06/96 886,852 98.3200 102.3453 34,885
Japanese Yen .............. 06/28/96 1,070,933 99.8450 100.8701 10,883
--------
$318,123
========

28
<PAGE>

Lexington International Fund, Inc.
Financial Highlights

Selected per share data for a share outstanding throughout the period:

Year ended December 31,
1995 1994
----------- -------------
Net asset value, beginning of period .................. $10.37 $10.00
------ ------
Income (loss) from investment operations:
Net investment loss ................................. (.01) (.08)
Net realized and unrealized gain on investments ..... .61 .67
------ ------
Total income from investment operations ............. .60 .59
------ ------
Less distributions:
Dividends in excess of net investment income
(temporary book-tax difference) ................... (.35) -
Distributions from net realized capital gains ....... (.02) (.10)
Distributions in excess of net realized capital gains
(temporary book-tax difference) ................... - (.12)
------ ------
Total distributions ................................. (.37) (.22)
------ ------
Net asset value, end of period ........................ $10.60 $10.37
====== ======
Total return .......................................... 5.77% 5.87%
Ratio to average net assets:
Expenses ............................................ 2.46% 2.39%
Net investment loss ................................. (.12%) (.94%)
Portfolio turnover .................................... 137.72% 100.10%
Net assets at end of period (000's omitted) ........... $17,855 $17,843

<PAGE>

PART C. OTHER INFORMATION
- ------- -----------------
Item 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits - List
----------------------------------------
The Annual Report for the year ending December 31, 1995 was filed
electronically on February 21, 1996 (as form type N-30D). Financial
statements from this 1995 Annual Report have been included in the
Statement of Additional Information.

Page in the Statement
(a) Financial statements: of Additional Information
-------------------- -------------------------
Report of Independent Auditors 42
dated January 29, 1996

Statement of Net Assets (Including 43 - 44
the Portfolio of Investments) as of
December 31, 1995 (1)

Statement of Assets and Liabilities 46
as of December 31, 1995

Statement of Operations - for the year ended 47
December 31, 1995 (2)

Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years 47
ended December 31, 1995 and 1994

Notes to Financial Statements 48 - 50

Schedules II-VII and other Financial Statements, for which provisions are
made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission, are omitted because they are not required under
the related instructions, they are inapplicable, or the required
information is presented in the financial statements or notes thereto.

(1) Includes the information required by Schedule I.

(2) Includes the information required by the Statement of Realized Gain
or Loss on Investments

<PAGE>

ITEM 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits - List
----------------------------------------
(b) Exhibits:

1. Articles of Incorporation -Incorporated by reference - filed electronically

2. By-Laws - Incorporated by reference - Filed 11/30/93

3. Not Applicable

4. Stock Certificate Specimen - Incorporated by reference -
Filed 11/30/93

5. Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant
and Lexington Management Corporation - filed electronically

6. Distribution Agreement between Registrant and
Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc. - Incorporated by
reference - Filed 11/30/93

7. Not Applicable

8. Custodian Agreement between Registrant and Chase
Manhattan Bank, N.A. - filed electronically

9a. Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant
and State Street Bank and Trust Company - filed electronically

9b. Form of Administrative Services Agreement between
Registrant and Lexington Management Corporation - filed electronically

10. Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities being
registered - Incorporated by Reference - Filed 12/22/93

11. Consents
(a) Consent of Counsel filed electronically
(b) Consent of Independent Auditors filed electronically

12. Not Applicable

13. Not Applicable

14. Model Retirement Plan - filed electronically

15. Form of Distribution Plan Under Rule 12b-1 and
Related Agreements - Incorporated by Reference
- Filed 11/30/93

16. Performance Calculation - Filed on 3/1/95 -
Incorporated by reference

17. Financial Data Schedule filed electronically

<PAGE>

Item 25. Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant
-------------------------------------------------------------
Furnish a list or diagram of all persons directly or indirectly
controlled by or under common control with the Registrant and as to
each such person indicate (1) if a company, the state or other sovereign
power under the laws of which it is organized, (2) the percentage of
voting securities owned or other basis of control by the person, if any,
immediately controlling it.

See "Management of the Fund" in the Prospectus and Statement of
Additional Information.

Item 26. Number of Holders of Securities
-------------------------------
State in substantially the tabular form indicated, as of a specified date
within 90 days prior to the date of filing, the number of record holders of
each class of securities of the Registrant.

The following information is given as of March 1, 1996:

Title of Class Number of Record Holders
-------------- ------------------------
Capital Stock 182
($0.001 par value)

Item 27. Indemnification
---------------
State the general effect of any contract, arrangements or statute under which
any director, officer, underwriter or affiliated person of the Registrant is
insured or indemnified in any manner against any liability which may be
incurred in such capacity, other than insurance provided by any director,
officer, affiliated person or underwriter for their own protection.

Under the terms of the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Company's
By-Laws, the Company may indemnify any person who was or is a director,
officer or employee of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by the
Maryland General Corporation Law; provided, however, that Company only as
authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of
such persons is proper in the circumstances. Such determination shall be
made (i) by the Board of Directors, by a majority vote of a quorum which
consists of directors who are neither "interested persons" of Company as
defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, nor parties to the proceeding,
or (ii) if the required quorum is not obtainable or if a quorum of such
directors so directs by independent legal counsel in a written opinion. No
indemnification will be provided by the Company to any director or officer
of the Company for any liability to the Company or Shareholders to which he
would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith,
gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty.

<PAGE>

Item 28. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser
----------------------------------------------------
Describe any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a
substantial nature in which the investment adviser of the Registrant, and
each director, officer or partner of any such investment adviser, is or has
been, at any time during the past two fiscal years, engaged for his own
account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.

See Prospectus Part A and Statement of Additional Information Part B
("Management of the Fund").

Item 29. Principal Underwriters
----------------------
(a) Lexington Money Market Trust
Lexington Tax Free Money Fund, Inc.
Lexington GNMA Income Fund, Inc.
Lexington Ramirez Global Income Fund
Lexington Worldwide Emerging Markets Fund, Inc.
Lexington Global Fund, Inc.
Lexington Goldfund, Inc.
Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc.
Lexington Corporate Leaders Trust Fund
Lexington Natural Resources Trust
Lexington Strategic Investments Fund, Inc.
Lexington Strategic Silver Fund, Inc.
Lexington International Fund, Inc.
Lexington Convertible Securities Fund
Lexington Emerging Markets Fund, Inc.
Lexington Crosby Small Cap Asia Growth Fund, Inc.
Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc.

<PAGE>

29 (b)

Position and Offices Position and
Name and Principal with Principal Offices with
Business Address Underwriter Registrant
- ------------------ -------------------- ------------

Peter Corniotes* Assistant Secretary Assistant Secretary

Lisa Curcio* Vice President and Vice President and
Secretary Secretary

Robert M. DeMichele* Chief Executive Officer Chairman of the
and Chairman Board and President

Richard M. Hisey* Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and
Vice President & Director Treasurer

Lawrence Kantor* Executive Vice President Director & Vice
and Director President

Richard Lavery* Vice President Vice President

Janice Violette* Assistant Treasurer None

*P.O. Box 1515
Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663

<PAGE>

Item 30. Location of Accounts and Records
--------------------------------
With respect to each account, book or other document required to be
maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules (17 CFR 270, 31a-1
to 31a-3) promulgated thereunder, furnish the name and address of each person
maintaining physical possession of each such account, book or other document.

The Registrant, Lexington International Fund, Park 80 West -Plaza Two,
Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07662 will maintain physical possession of each such
account, book or other document of the Company, except for those maintained by
the Registrant's Custodian, Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., 121 Sixth Avenue, New
York, New York 10036, or Transfer Agent, State Street Bank and Trust Company,
c/o National Financial Data Services, 1004 Baltimore, Kansas City, Missouri
64105.

Item 31. Management Services
-------------------
Furnish a summary of the substantive provisions of any management-related
service contract not discussed in Part A or B of this Form (because the
contract was not believed to be material to a purchaser of securities of the
Registrant) under which services are provided to the Registrant, indicating the
parties to the contract, the total dollars paid and by whom for the last three
fiscal years.

None.

Item 32. Undertakings
------------
The Registrant, Lexington International Fund, Inc., undertakes to furnish
a copy of the Fund's latest annual report, upon request and without
charge, to every person to whom a prospectus is delivered.

<PAGE>

Registration No. 33-72226

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

Exhibits

Filed With

Form N-1A

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT INDEX

The following documents are being filed electronically as exhibits to this
filing:

Form of Articles of Incorporation

Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Lexington
Management Corporation

Form of Custodian Agreement between Registrant and Chase Manhattan Bank

Form of Transfer Agency Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank
and Trust Company

Form of Administrative Services Agreement between Registrant and Lexington
Management Corporation

Consent of Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel

Consent of independent auditors for the inclusion of their report therein

Model Retirement Plan

Article 6 Financial Data Schedule

Cover

<PAGE>

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940 the Registrant certifies that it met all of the
requirements for effectiveness of this amendment to the Registration Statement
pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 and has duly caused
this amendment to be signed on its behalf by the Undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Saddle Brook and State of New Jersey, on the 17th
day of April, 1996.

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC.

/s/ Robert M. DeMichele
________________________________
By Robert M. DeMichele
Chairman of the Board

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature Title Date
- --------- ----- ----

/s/ Robert M. DeMichele
- ----------------------- Chairman of the Board April 29, 1996
Robert M. DeMichele Principal Executive
Officer

/s/ Richard M. Hisey
_______________________ Principal Financial April 29, 1996
Richard M. Hisey and Accounting Officer

/s/ Lisa Curcio
_______________________ Principal Compliance April 29, 1996
Lisa Curcio Officer

*Beverley C. Duer, P.E. Director April 29, 1996
- -----------------------
Beverley C. Duer, P.E.

<PAGE>

Signature Title Date
- --------- ----- ----

*Barbara R. Evans Director April 29, 1996
- -----------------------
Barbara R. Evans

*Lawrence Kantor Director April 29, 2996
- -----------------------
Lawrence Kantor

*Donald B. Miller Director April 29, 1996
- -----------------------
Donald B. Miller

*John G. Preston Director April 29, 1996
- -----------------------
John G. Preston

*Margaret W. Russell Director April 29, 1996
- -----------------------
Margaret W. Russell

*Philip C. Smith Director April 29, 1996
- -----------------------
Philip C. Smith

*Francis A. Sunderland Director April 29, 1996
- -----------------------
Francis A. Sunderland

/s/ Lisa Curcio
*By:________________________
Lisa Curcio
Attorney-in-Fact

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC.

FIRST: The undersigned, Peter O'Rourke, whose address is 40
West 57th Street, New York, New York, being at least eighteen years of
age, hereby forms a corporation under the Maryland General Corporation
Law.

SECOND: The name of the corporation is LEXINGTON
INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC. (hereinafter called the "corporation").

THIRD: The corporation is formed for the following purpose
or purposes:

(a) to conduct, operate and carry on the business of
an investment company;

(b) to subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in,
purchase or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign,
transfer, lend, write options on, exchange, distribute or
otherwise dispose of and deal in and with securities of
every nature, kind, character, type and form, including
without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, all
types of stocks, shares, futures contracts, bonds,
debentures, notes, bills and other negotiable or
non-negotiable instruments, obligations, evidences of
interest, certificates of interest, certificates of
participation, certificates, interests, evidences of
ownership, guarantees, warrants, options or evidences of
indebtedness issued or created by or guaranteed as to
principal and interest by any state or local government or
any agency or instrumentality thereof, by the United States
Government or any agency, instrumentality, territory,
district or possession thereof, by any foreign government or
any agency, instrumentality, territory, district or
possession thereof, by any corporation organized under the
laws of any state, the United States or any territory or
possession thereof or under the laws of any foreign country,
bank certificates of deposit, bank time deposits, bankers'
acceptances and commercial paper; to pay for the same in
cash or by the issue of stock, including treasury stock,
bonds or notes of the corporation or otherwise; and to
exercise any and all rights, powers and privileges of
ownership or interest in respect of any and all such
investments of every kind and description, including without
limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with
respect thereto, with power to designate one or more
persons, firms, associations or corporations to exercise any
of said rights, powers and privileges in respect of any said
instruments;

(c) to borrow money or otherwise obtain credit and
to secure the same by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise
subjecting as security the assets of the corporation;

(d) to issue, sell, repurchase, redeem, retire,
cancel, acquire, hold, resell, reissue, dispose of,
transfer, and otherwise deal in, shares of stock of the
corporation, including shares of stock of the corporation in
fractional denominations, and to apply to any such
repurchase, redemption, retirement, cancellation or
acquisition of shares of stock of the corporation any funds
or property of the corporation whether capital or surplus or
otherwise, to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by
the laws of the State of Maryland;

(e) to conduct its business, promote its purposes
and carry on its operations in any and all of its branches
and maintain offices both within and without the State of
Maryland, in any States of the United States of America, in
the District of Columbia and in any other parts of the
world; and

(f) to do all and everything necessary, suitable,
convenient, or proper for the conduct, promotion and
attainment of any of the businesses and purposes herein
specified or which at any time may be incidental thereto or
may appear conducive to or expedient for the accomplishment
of any of such businesses and purposes and which might be
engaged in or carried on by a corporation incorporated or
organized under the Maryland General Corporation Law, and to
have and exercise all of the powers conferred by the laws of
the State of Maryland upon corporations incorporated or
organized under the Maryland General Corporation Law.

The foregoing provisions of this Article THIRD shall be
construed both as purposes and powers and each as an independent purpose
and power. The foregoing enumeration of specific purposes and powers
shall not be held to limit or restrict in any manner the purposes and
powers of the corporation, and the purposes and powers herein specified
shall, except when otherwise provided in this Article THIRD, be in no
wise limited or restricted by reference to, or inference from, the terms
of any provision of this or any other Article of these Articles of
Incorporation; provided, that the corporation shall not conduct any
business, promote any purpose, or exercise any power or privilege within
or without the State of Maryland which, under the laws thereof, the
corporation may not lawfully conduct, promote, or exercise.

FOURTH: The post office address of the principal office of
the corporation within the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation
Service Company, 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. The name
and address of the resident agent of the corporation within the State of
Maryland is Joseph M. Roulhac, Esq., 100 Light Street, Baltimore,
Maryland 21202.

FIFTH: (1) The total number of shares of stock which the
corporation initially has authority to issue is one billion
(1,000,000,000) shares of Common Stock of which five hundred million
(500,000,000) shares are designated "Lexington International Fund
Series", and of which five hundred million (500,000,000) shares are
unclassified. The par value of the shares of each class is one tenth of
one cent ($.001) per share.

(2) The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares
of stock is one million dollars ($1,000,000.00).

(3) The Board of Directors of the corporation is
authorized, from time to time, to fix the price or the minimum price or
the consideration or minimum consideration for, and to authorize the
issuance of, the shares of stock of the corporation.

(4) The Board of Directors of the corporation is
authorized, from time to time, to further classify or to reclassify, as
the case may be, any unissued shares of stock of the corporation by
setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting
powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and
terms or conditions of redemption of the stock.

(5) Subject to the power of the Board of Directors to
reclassify unissued shares, the shares of each class of stock of the
corporation shall have the following preferences, conversion and other
rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends,
qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption:

(a) (i) All consideration received by the corporation for
the issuance or sale of shares together with all income, earnings,
profits and proceeds thereof, shall irrevocably belong to such
class for all purposes, subject only to the rights of creditors,
and are herein referred to as "assets belonging to" such class.

(ii) The assets belonging to such class shall be
charged with the liabilities of the corporation in respect
of such class and with such class's share of the general
liabilities of the corporation, in the latter case in
proportion that the net asset value of such class bears to
the net asset value of all classes. The determination of
the Board of Directors shall be conclusive as to the
allocation of liabilities, including accrued expenses and
reserves, to a class.

(iii) Dividends or distributions on shares of each
class, whether payable in stock or cash, shall be paid only
out of earnings, surplus or other assets belonging to such
class.

(iv) In the event of the liquidation or
dissolution of the corporation, stockholders of each class
shall be entitled to receive, as a class, out of the assets
of the corporation available for distribution to
stockholders, the assets belonging to such class and the
assets so distributable to the stockholders of such class
shall be distributed among such stockholders in proportion
to the number of shares of such class held by them.

(b) A class may be invested with one or more other classes
in a common investment portfolio. Notwithstanding the provisions
of paragraph (5)(a) of this Article Fifth, if two or more classes
are invested in a common investment portfolio, the shares of each
such class of stock of the corporation shall be subject to the
following preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers,
restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and
terms and conditions of redemption, and, if there are other
classes of stock invested in a different investment portfolio,
shall also be subject to the provisions of paragraph (5)(a) of
this Article Fifth at the portfolio level as if the classes
invested in the common investment portfolio were one class:

(i) The income and expenses of the investment
portfolio shall be allocated among the classes invested in
the investment portfolio in accordance with the number of
shares outstanding of each such class or as otherwise
determined by the Board of Directors.

(ii) As more fully set forth in this paragraph
(5)(b) of Article Fifth, the liabilities and expenses of the
classes invested in the same investment portfolio shall be
determined separately from those of each other and,
accordingly, the net asset value, the dividends and
distributions payable to holders, and the amounts
distributable in the event of liquidation of the corporation
to holders of shares of the corporation's stock may vary
from class to class invested in the same investment
portfolio. Except for these differences and certain other
differences set forth in this paragraph (5) of Article
Fifth, the classes invested in the same investment portfolio
shall have the same preferences, conversion and other
rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to
dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of
redemption.

(iii) The dividends and distributions of
investment income and capital gains with respect to the
classes invested in the same investment portfolio shall be
in such amounts as may be declared from time to time by the
Board of Directors, and such dividends and distributions may
vary among the classes invested in the same investment
portfolio to reflect differing allocations of the expenses
of the corporation among the classes and any resultant
differences between the net asset values per share of the
classes, to such extent and for such purposes as the Board
of Directors may deem appropriate. The allocation of
investment income, capital gains, expenses and liabilities
of the corporation among the classes shall be determined by
the Board of Directors in a manner that is consistent with
an order, if any, obtained from the Securities and Exchange
Commission or any future amendment to such order or any rule
or interpretation under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended.

(c) On each matter submitted to a vote of the
stockholders, each holder of a share of stock shall be
entitled to one vote for each share standing in his name on
the books of the corporation irrespective of the class
thereof. All holders of shares of stock shall vote as a
single class except as may otherwise be required by law
pursuant to any applicable order, rule or interpretation
issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or
otherwise, or except with respect to any matter which
affects only one or more classes of stock, in which case
only the holders of shares of the class or classes affected
shall be entitled to vote.

Except as provided above, all provisions of the Articles of
Incorporation relating to stock of the corporation shall apply to shares
of, and to the holders of, all classes of stock.

(6) Notwithstanding any provisions of the Maryland General
Corporation Law requiring a greater proportion than a majority of the
votes of stockholders entitled to be cast in order to take or authorize
any action, any such action may be taken or authorized upon the
concurrence of a majority of the aggregate number of votes entitled to
be cast thereon.

(7) The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of
one-third of the shares of stock of the corporation entitled to vote
(without regard to class) shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of
the stockholders, except with respect to any matter which, under
applicable statutes or regulatory requirements, requires approval by a
separate vote of one or more classes of stock, in which case the
presence in person or by proxy of the holders of one-third of the shares
of stock of each class required to vote as a class on the matter shall
constitute a quorum.

(8) The corporation may issue shares of stock in
fractional denominations to the same extent as its whole shares, and
shares in fractional denominations shall be shares of stock having
proportionately to the respective fractions represented thereby all the
rights of whole shares, including, without limitation, the right to
vote, the right to receive dividends and distributions and the right to
participate upon liquidation of the corporation, but excluding the right
to receive a stock certificate evidencing a fractional share.

(9) No holder of any shares of any class of the
corporation shall be entitled as of right to subscribe for, purchase, or
otherwise acquire any shares of any class which the corporation proposes
to issue, or any rights or options which the corporation proposes to
issue or to grant for the purchase of shares of any class or for the
purchase of any shares, bonds, securities, or obligations of the
corporation which are convertible into or exchangeable for, or which
carry any rights to subscribe for, purchase, or otherwise acquire shares
of any class of the corporation; and any and all of such shares, bonds,
securities or obligations of the corporation, whether now or hereafter
authorized or created, may be issued, or may be reissued or transferred
if the same have been reacquired and have treasury status, and any and
all of such rights and options may be granted by the Board of Directors
to such persons, firms, corporations and associations, and for such
lawful consideration, and on such terms, as the Board of Directors in
its discretion may determine, without first offering the same, or any
thereof, to any said holder.

SIXTH: (1) The initial number of directors of the
corporation is twelve and the names of those who will serve as such
until the first annual meeting of the shareholders and until their
successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

Robert M. DeMichele
Beverly C. Duer
Barbara M. Evans
Lawrence Kantor
Donald B. Miller
Francis Olmsted
John G. Preston
Margaret W. Russell
Philip C. Smith
William S. Stack
Leon M. Stern
Francis A. Sunderland

The By-Laws of the Corporation may fix the number of
directors at a number greater or less than that named in these Articles
of Incorporation and may authorize a majority of the entire Board of
Directors to increase or decrease the number of directors. The number
of directors shall never be less than the minimum number prescribed by
the Maryland General Corporation Law.

(2) The initial by-laws of the corporation shall be
adopted by the directors at their organizational meeting or by their
informal written action, as the case may be. Thereafter, the power to
make, alter, and repeal the by-laws of the corporation shall be vested
in the Board of Directors of the corporation.

(3) Any determination made in good faith by or pursuant to
the direction of the Board of Directors, as to: the amount of the
assets, debts, obligations, or liabilities of the corporation; the
amount of any reserves or charges set up and the propriety thereof; the
time of or purpose for creating such reserves or charges; the use,
alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges (whether or not
any debt, obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges
shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged or shall be
then or thereafter required to be paid or discharged); the value of any
investment or fair value of any other asset of the corporation; the
amount of net investment income; the number of shares of stock
outstanding; the estimated expense in connection with purchases or
redemptions of the corporation's stock; the ability to liquidate
investments in orderly fashion; the extent to which it is practicable to
deliver a cross-section of the portfolio of the corporation in payment
for any such shares, or as to any other matters relating to the issue,
sale, purchase, redemption and/or other acquisition or disposition of
investments or shares of the corporation, or the determination of the
net asset value of shares of the corporation shall be final and
conclusive, and shall be binding upon the corporation and all holders of
its shares, past, present and future, and shares of the corporation are
issued and sold on the condition and understanding that any and all such
determinations shall be binding as aforesaid.

SEVENTH: (1) To the fullest extent that limitations on the
liability of directors and officers are permitted by the Maryland
General Corporation Law, no director or officer of the corporation shall
have any liability to the corporation or its stockholders for damages.
This limitation on liability applies to events occurring at the time a
person serves as a director or officer of the corporation whether or not
such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in
which liability is asserted.

(2) The corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses
to its currently acting and its former directors to the fullest extent
that indemnification of directors is permitted by the Maryland General
Corporation Law. The corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses
to its officers to the same extent as its directors and to such further
extent as is consistent with law. The Board of Directors may, through a
by-law, resolution or agreement, make further provisions for
indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents to the
fullest extent permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law.

(3) No provision of this Article SEVENTH shall be
effective (i) to require a waiver of compliance with any provision of
the Securities Act of 1933, or of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or
of any valid rule, regulation or order of the Securities and Exchange
Commission thereunder or (ii) to protect or purport to protect any
director or officer of the corporation against any liability to the
corporation or its stockholders to which he would otherwise be subject
by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or
reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

(4) References to the Maryland General Corporation Law in
this Article SEVENTH are to the law as from time to time amended. No
amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation shall
affect any right of any person under this Article SEVENTH based on any
event, omission or proceeding prior to such amendment.

EIGHTH: Any holder of shares of stock of the corporation
may require the corporation to redeem and the corporation shall be
obligated to redeem at the option of such holder all or any part of the
shares of the corporation owned by said holder, at the redemption price,
pursuant to the method, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter set forth:

(a) The redemption price per share shall be the net
asset value per share determined at such time or times as
the Board of Directors of the corporation shall designate in
accordance with any provision of the Investment Company Act
of 1940, any rule or regulation thereunder or exemption or
exception therefrom, or any rule or regulation made or
adopted by any securities association registered under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(b) Net asset value per share of a class shall be
determined by dividing:

(i) The total value of the assets of
such class, or in the case of a class invested
in a common investment portfolio with other
classes, such class' proportionate share of the
total value of the assets of the common
investment portfolio, such value determined as
provided in Subsection (c) below less, to the
extent determined by or pursuant to the
direction of the Board of Directors, all debts,
obligations and liabilities of such class (which
debts, obligations and liabilities shall
include, without limitation of the generality of
the foregoing, any and all debts, obligations,
liabilities, or claims, of any and every kind
and nature, fixed, accrued and otherwise,
including the estimated accrued expenses of
management and supervision, administration and
distribution and any reserves or charges for any
or all of the foregoing, whether for taxes,
expenses or otherwise) but excluding such class'
liability upon its shares and its surplus, by

(ii) The total number of shares of such
class outstanding.

The Board of Directors is empowered, in its absolute
discretion, to establish other methods for determining such
net asset value whenever such other methods are deemed by it
to be necessary in order to enable the corporation to comply
with, or are deemed it to be desirable provided they are not
inconsistent with, any provision of the Investment Company
Act of 1940 or any rule or regulation thereunder.

(c) In determining for the purposes of these
Articles of Incorporation the total value of the assets of
the corporation at any time, investments and any other
assets of the corporation shall be valued in such manner as
may be determined from time to time by the Board of
Directors.

(d) Payment of the redemption price by the
corporation may be made either in cash or in securities or
other assets at the time owned by the corporation or partly
in cash and partly in securities or other assets at the time
owned by the corporation. The value of any part of such
payment to be made in securities or other assets of the
corporation shall be the value employed in determining the
redemption price. Payment of the redemption price shall be
made on or before the seventh day following the day on which
the shares are properly presented for redemption hereunder,
except that delivery of any securities included in any such
payment shall be made as promptly as any necessary transfers
on the books of the issuers whose securities are to be
delivered may be made.

(e) Redemption of shares of stock by the corporation
is conditional upon the corporation having funds or property
legally available therefor.

(f) The corporation, either directly or through an
agent, may repurchase its shares, out of funds legally
available therefor, upon such terms and conditions and for
such consideration as the Board of Directors shall deem
advisable, by agreement with the owner at a price not
exceeding the net asset value per share as determined by the
corporation at such time or times as the Board of Directors
of the corporation shall designate, less a charge not to
exceed five percent (5%) of such net asset value, if and as
fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors of the
corporation from time to time, and take all other steps
deemed necessary or advisable in connection therewith.

(g) The corporation may cause the redemption, upon
the terms set forth in subsections (a) through (e) and
subsection (h) of this Article EIGHTH, of shares of a class
of stock held by a stockholder if the net asset value of the
shares of stock is less than $500 or such other amount not
exceeding $5000 as may be fixed from time to time by the
Board of Directors (the "Minimum Amount") with respect to
that class. The Board of Directors may establish differing
Minimum Amounts for each class of the Corporation's stock
and for categories of holders of stock based on such
criteria as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate.
The Corporation shall give the stockholder notice which
shall be in writing personally delivered or deposited in the
mail, at least 30 days (or such other number of days as may
be specified from time to time by the Board of Directors)
prior to such redemption.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article
EIGHTH, if certificates representing such shares have been
issued, the redemption price need not be paid by the
corporation until such certificates are presented in proper
form for transfer to the corporation or the agent of the
corporation appointed for such purpose; however, the
redemption shall be effective, in accordance with the
resolution of the Board of Directors, regardless of whether
or not such presentation has been made.

(h) The obligations set forth in this Article EIGHTH
may be suspended or postponed as may be permissible under
the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and
regulations thereunder.

(i) The Board of Directors may establish other terms
and conditions and procedures for redemption, including
requirements as to delivery of certificates evidencing
shares, if issued.

NINTH: All persons who shall acquire stock or other
securities of the corporation shall acquire the same subject to the
provisions of the corporation's Charter, as from time to time amended.

TENTH: From time to time any of the provisions of the
Charter of the corporation may be amended, altered or repealed,
including amendments which alter the contract rights of any class of
stock outstanding, and other provisions authorized by the Maryland
General Corporation Law at the time in force may be added or inserted in
the manner and at the time prescribed by said Law, and all rights at any
time conferred upon the stockholders of the corporation by its Charter
are granted subject to the provisions of this Article.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have adopted and signed these Articles
of Incorporation and do hereby acknowledge that the adoption and signing
are my act.

Dated: November 23, 1993

Peter O'Rourke
_____________________

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made this 3rd day of January, 1994 by and between
LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC. a Maryland corporation (the "Fund"),
and LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the
"Manager"), with respect to the following recital of fact:

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end diversified management
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
(the "1940 Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

WHEREAS, the Manager is registered as an investment advisor under the
investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and engages in the business
of acting as an investment advisor; and

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Manager desire to enter an agreement to
provide for management services for the Fund on the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein
contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which
is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Management. The Manager shall act as investment advisor for
the Fund and shall, in such capacity, supervise the investment and
reinvestment of the cash, securities or other properties comprising the
Fund's assets subject at all times to the policies and control of the
Fund's Board of Directors. The Manager shall give the Fund the benefit of
its best judgment, efforts and facilities in rendering its services as
investment advisor.

2. Investment Analysis and Implementation. In carrying out its
obligation under paragraph 1 hereof, the Manager shall:

(a) determine which issuers and securities shall be
represented in the Fund and regularly report thereof to the Fund's Board
of Directors;

(b) formulate and implement continuing programs for the
purchases and sales of the securities of such issuers and regularly report
thereon to the Fund's Board of Directors;

(c) continuously review the portfolio security holdings, the
investment programs and the investment policies of the Fund; and

(d) take, on behalf of the Fund, all actions which appear to
the Fund necessary to carry into effect such purchase and sale programs and
supervisory functions aforesaid, including the placing of orders for the
purchase and sale of portfolio securities.

3. Broker-Dealer Relationships. The Manager's primary policy is
to execute all purchases and sales of portfolio instruments at the most
favorable prices consistent with the best execution, considering all of the
costs of the transaction including brokerage commissions. This policy
governs the selection of brokers and dealers and the market in which a
transaction is executed. Consistent with this policy, the Rules of Fair
Practice of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and such
other policies and the Directors may determine, the Manager may consider
sales of shares of the Fund and of the other funds advised by the Manager
as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute the Fund's
portfolio transactions. However, in selecting a broker-dealer to execute
each transaction, the Manager may consider research provided and payment
may be made of the commission higher than that charged by another broker-
dealer which does not furnish research services or which furnishes research
services deemed to be of lesser value, in accordance with Section 28(e) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Section 28(e) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 specifies that a person with investment discretion
shall not be "deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached a
fiduciary duty" solely because such person has caused the account to pay
a higher commission than the lowest available under certain circumstances,
provided that the person so exercising investment discretion makes a good
faith determination that the commissions paid are "reasonable in relation
to the value of the brokerage and research services provided...viewed in
terms of either that particular transaction or his overall responsibilities
with respect to the accounts as to which he exercises investment
discretion."

The Manager cannot determine the extent to which commissions that
reflect an element of value for research services might exceed commissions
that would be payable for execution services alone. Research services
furnished may be useful and of value to the Manager and its affiliates, in
serving other clients as well as the Fund. Similarly, any research
services obtained by the Manager or its affiliates from the placement of
portfolio brokerage of other clients might be useful and of value to the
Manager in carrying out its obligations to the Fund.

Brokerage transactions involving securities of companies domiciled
in countries other than the United States will be normally conducted on the
principal stock exchanges of those countries.

4. Control by Board of Directors. Any investment program
undertaken by the Manager pursuant to this Agreement, as well as any other
activities undertaken by the Manager on behalf of the Fund pursuant
thereto, shall at all times be subject to any directives of the Board of
Directors of the Fund.

5. Compliance with Applicable Requirements. In carrying out its
obligations under this Agreement, the Manager shall at all times conform
to:

(a) all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and any rules
and regulations adopted hereunder as amended; and

(b) the provisions of the Registration Statement of the Fund
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the 1940 Act; and

(d) the provisions of the By-Laws of the Fund; and

(e) any other applicable provisions of state and federal law.

6. Expenses. The expenses connected with the Fund shall be
allocable between the Fund and the Manager as follows:

(a) The Manager shall maintain, at its expense and without
cost to the Fund, a trading function in order to carry out its obligations
under subparagraph (d) of paragraph 2 hereof to place orders for the
purchase and sale of portfolio securities for the Fund.

(b) The Manager shall pay the Fund's expenses for office rent,
utilities, telephone, furniture and supplies utilized at the fund's
principal office.

(c) The Manager shall pay the salaries and payroll expenses
of persons serving as officers or Directors of the Fund who are also
employees of the Manager of any of its affiliates in carrying out its
duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

(d) Nothing in subparagraph (a) through (e) hereof shall be
construed to require the Manager to bear other expenses.

(e) Any of the other expenses incurred in the operation of the
Fund shall be borne by the Fund, including, among other things, fees of its
custodian, transfer and shareholder servicing agent; cost of pricing and
calculating its daily net asset value and of maintaining its books and
accounts required by the 1940 Act; expenditures in connection with meetings
of the Fund's Directors and shareholders, except those called to
accommodate the Manager; fees and expenses of Directors who are not
affiliated with or interested persons of the Manager; in maintaining
registration of its shares under state securities laws or in providing
shareholder and dealer services; insurance premiums on property or
personnel of the Fund which inure to its benefit; costs of preparing and
printing reports, proxy statements and prospectuses of the Fund which inure
to its benefit; costs of preparing and printing reports, proxy statements
and prospectuses of the Fund for distribution to its shareholders; legal,
auditing and accounting fees; fees and expenses of registering and
maintaining registration of its shares for sale under Federal and
applicable state securities laws; and all other expenses in connection with
issuance, registration and transfer of its shares.

7. Delegation of Responsibilities. Upon the request of the Fund's
Board of Directors, the Manager may perform services on behalf of the Fund
which are not required by this Agreement. Such services will be performed
on behalf of the Fund and the Manager's cost in rendering such services may
be billed monthly to the Fund, subject to examination by the Fund's
independent accountants. Payment or assumption by the Manager of any Fund
expense that the Manager is not required to pay or assume under this
Agreement shall not relieve the Manager of any of its obligations to the
Fund nor obligate the Manager to pay or assume any similar Fund expense on
any subsequent occasions.

8. Compensation. The Fund shall pay the Manager in full
compensation for services rendered hereunder an annual investment advisory
fee payable monthly equal to 1.00% of the Fund's average daily net assets
after deduction of the Funds' expenses, if any, in excess of the expense
limitations set forth below. The average daily net asset value of the Fund
shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Articles of
Incorporation and Prospectus of the Fund.

9. Expense Limitation. If, for any fiscal year, the total of all
ordinary business expenses of the Fund, including all investment advisory
fees but excluding brokerage commissions and fees, taxes, interest and
extraordinary expenses such as litigation, would exceed the most
restrictive expense limits imposed by any statute or regulatory authority
of any jurisdiction in which shares of the Fund are offered for sale, the
investment advisory fee shall be reduced by the amount of such excess. The
amount of any such reduction to be borne by the Manager shall be deducted
from the monthly investment advisory fee otherwise payable to the Manager
during such fiscal year; and if such amount should exceed such monthly fee,
the Manager agrees to pay to the Fund such expenses no later than the last
day of the first month of the next succeeding fiscal year. For purposes
of this paragraph, the term "fiscal year" shall exclude the portion of the
current fiscal year which shall have elapsed prior to the date hereof and
shall include the portion of the then current fiscal year which shall have
elapsed at the date of termination of this Agreement.

10. Non-Exclusivity. The services of the Manager to the Fund are
not to be deemed to be exclusive, and the Manager shall be free to render
investment advisory and corporate administrative or other services to
others (including other investment companies) and to engage in other
activities. It is understood and agreed that officers and Directors of the
Manager may serve as officers or Directors of the Fund, and that officers
or Directors of the Fund may serve as officers or Directors of the Manager
to the extent permitted by law; and that the officers and directors of the
Manager are not prohibited from engaging in any other business activity or
from rendering services to any other person, or from serving as partners,
officers, trustees or directors of any other firm or corporation, including
other investment companies.

11. Term and Approval. This Agreement shall become effective at
the close of business on the date hereof and shall thereunder continue in
force and effect from year to year, provided that such continuance is
specifically approved at least annually:

(a) (i) by the Fund's Board of Directors; or (ii) by the vote
of a majority of the Fund's outstanding voting securities (as defined in
Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act, and

(b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors who
are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of a party to this
Agreement (other than as a Director of the Fund), by votes cast in person
at a meeting specifically called for such purpose.

12. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time,
without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Fund's Board of
Directors or by vote of a majority of the Fund's outstanding voting
securities or by the Manager, on sixty (60) days' written notice to the
other party. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of
its assignment, the term "assignment" for the purposes having the meaning
defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act, as amended.

13. Liability of Manager and Indemnification. In the absence of
willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of
obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Manager or any of its
officers, directors or employees, it shall not be subject to liability to
the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any commission in the course
of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that
may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security.

14. Notices. Any notices under this agreement shall be in writing,
addressed and delivered or mailed postage paid to the other party at such
address as such other party may designate for the receipt of such notice.
Until further notice of the other party, it is agreed that the address of
the Manager shall be park 80 West, Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey
07663.

15. Questions of Interpretation. Any question of interpretation
of any term of provision of this agreement having a counterpart in or
otherwise derived from a term or provision of the 1940 Act shall be
resolved by reference to such term or provision of the Act and to
interpretations thereof, if any, by the United States Courts or in the
absence of any controlling decision of any such court, by rules,
regulations or orders of the Securities and exchange Commission issued
pursuant to said Act. In addition, where the effect of a requirement of
the 1940 Act reflected in any provision of this agreement is revised by
rules, regulations or order of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such
provisions shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule,
regulation or order.

In witness whereof, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed in duplicate by their respective officers on the
day and year first above written.

Attest: LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC.

___________________ By: __________________________________
President

Attest: LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

____________________ By: __________________________________
Executive Vice President

GLOBAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT

This AGREEMENT is effective __________, 1993, and is between THE CHASE
MANHATTAN BANK, N.A. (the "Bank") and LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC. (the
"Customer").

1. Customer Accounts.

The Bank agrees to establish and maintain the following accounts
("Accounts"):

(a) A custody account in the name of the Customer ("Custody
Account") for any and all stocks, shares, bonds, debentures, notes,
mortgages or other obligations for the payment of money, bullion, coin and
any certificates, receipts, warrants or other instruments representing
rights to receive, purchase or subscribe for the same or evidencing or
representing any other rights or interests therein and other similar
property whether certificated or uncertificated as may be received by the
Bank or its Subcustodian (as defined in Section 3) for the account of the
Customer ("Securities"); and

(b) A deposit account in the name of the Customer ("Deposit
Account") for any and all cash in any currency received by the Bank or its
Subcustodian for the account of the Customer, which cash shall not be
subject to withdrawal by draft or check.

The Customer warrants its authority to: 1) deposit the cash and
Securities ("Assets") received in the Accounts and 2) give Instructions (as
defined in Section 11) concerning the Accounts. The Bank may deliver
securities of the same class in place of those deposited in the Custody
Account.

Upon written agreement between the Bank and the Customer, additional
Accounts may be established and separately accounted for as additional
Accounts under the terms of this Agreement.

2. Maintenance of Securities and Cash at Bank and Subcustodian Locations.

Unless Instructions specifically require another location acceptable
to the Bank:

(a) Securities will be held in the country or other jurisdiction in
which the principal trading market for such Securities is located, where
such Securities are to be presented for payment or where such Securities are
acquired; and

(b) Cash will be credited to an account in a country or other
jurisdiction in which such cash may be legally deposited or is the legal
currency for the payment of public or private debts.

Cash may be held pursuant to Instructions in either interest or
non-interest bearing accounts as may be available for the particular
currency. To the extent Instructions are issued and the Bank can comply
with such Instructions, the Bank is authorized to maintain cash balances on
deposit for the Customer with itself or one of its affiliates at such
reasonable rates of interest as may from time to time be paid on such
accounts, or in non-interest bearing accounts as the Customer may direct, if
acceptable to the Bank.

If the Customer wishes to have any of its Assets held in the custody
of an institution other than the established Subcustodians as defined in
Section 3 (or their securities depositories), such arrangement must be
authorized by a written agreement, signed by the Bank and the Customer.

3. Subcustodians and Securities Depositories.

The Bank may act under this Agreement through the subcustodians listed
in Schedule A of this Agreement with which the Bank has entered into
subcustodial agreements ("Subcustodians"). The Customer authorizes the Bank
to hold Assets in the Accounts in accounts which the Bank has established
with one or more of its branches or Subcustodians. The Bank and Subcustodians
are authorized to hold any of the Securities in their account with any
securities depository in which they participate.

The Bank reserves the right to add new, replace or remove
Subcustodians. The Customer will be given reasonable notice by the Bank of
any amendment to Schedule A. Upon request by the Customer, the Bank will
identify the name, address and principal place of business of any
Subcustodian of the Customer's Assets and the name and address of the
governmental agency or other regulatory authority that supervises or
regulates such Subcustodian.

4. Use of Subcustodian.

(a) The Bank will identify such Assets on its books as belonging to
the Customer.

(b) A Subcustodian will hold such Assets together with assets
belonging to other customers of the Bank in accounts identified on such
Subcustodian's books as special custody accounts for the exclusive benefit
of customers of the Bank.

(c) Any Assets in the Accounts held by a Subcustodian will be
subject only to the instructions of the Bank or its agent. Any Securities
held in a securities depository for the account of a Subcustodian will be
subject only to the instructions of such Subcustodian.

(d) Any agreement the Bank enters into with a Subcustodian for
holding its customer's assets shall provide that such assets will not be
subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind
in favor of such Subcustodian except for safe custody or administration, and
that the beneficial ownership of such assets will be freely transferable
without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or
administration. The foregoing shall not apply to the extent of any special
agreement or arrangement made by the Customer with any particular
Subcustodian.

5. Deposit Account Transactions.

(a) The Bank or its Subcustodians will make payments from the
Deposit Account upon receipt of Instructions which include all information
required by the Bank.

(b) In the event that any payment to be made under this Section 5
exceeds the funds available in the Deposit Account, the Bank, in its
discretion, may advance the Customer such excess amount which shall be
deemed a loan payable on demand, bearing interest at the rate customarily
charged by the Bank on similar loans.

(c) If the Bank credits the Deposit Account on a payable date, or at
any time prior to actual collection and reconciliation to the Deposit
Account, with interest, dividends, redemptions or any other amount due, the
Customer will promptly return any such amount upon oral or written
notification: (i) that such amount has not been received in the ordinary
course of business or (ii) that such amount was incorrectly credited. If
the Customer does not promptly return any amount upon such notification, the
Bank shall be entitled, upon oral or written notification to the Customer,
to reverse such credit by debiting the Deposit Account for the amount
previously credited. The Bank or its Subcustodian shall have no duty or
obligation to institute legal proceedings, file a claim or a proof of claim
in any insolvency proceeding or take any other action with respect to the
collection of such amount, but may act for the Customer upon Instructions
after consultation with the Customer.

6. Custody Account Transactions.

(a) Securities will be transferred, exchanged or delivered by the
Bank or its Subcustodian upon receipt by the Bank of Instructions which
include all information required by the Bank. Settlement and payment for
Securities received for, and delivery of Securities out of, the Custody
Account may be made in accordance with the customary or established
securities trading or securities processing practices and procedures in the
jurisdiction or market in which the transaction occurs, including, without
limitation, delivery of Securities to a purchaser, dealer or their agents
against a receipt with the expectation of receiving later payment and free
delivery. Delivery of Securities out of the Custody Account may also be
made in any manner specifically required by Instructions acceptable to the
Bank.

(b) The Bank, in its discretion, may credit or debit the Accounts on
a contractual settlement date with cash or Securities with respect to any
sale, exchange or purchase of Securities. Otherwise, such transactions will
be credited or debited to the Accounts on the date cash or Securities are
actually received by the Bank and reconciled to the Account.

(i) The Bank may reverse credits or debits made to the
Accounts in its discretion if the related transaction fails to
settle within a reasonable period, determined by the Bank in its
discretion, after the contractual settlement date for the
related transaction.

(ii) If any Securities delivered pursuant to this Section 6 are
returned by the recipient thereof, the Bank may reverse the
credits and debits of the particular transaction at any time.

7. Actions of the Bank.

The Bank shall follow Instructions received regarding assets held in
the Accounts. However, until it receives Instructions to the contrary, the
Bank will:

(a) Present for payment any Securities which are called, redeemed or
retired or otherwise become payable and all coupons and other income items
which call for payment upon presentation, to the extent that the Bank or
Subcustodian is actually aware of such opportunities.

(b) Execute in the name of the Customer such ownership and other
certificates as may be required to obtain payments in respect of Securities.

(d) Appoint brokers and agents for any transaction involving the
Securities, including, without limitation, affiliates of the Bank or any
Subcustodian.

(e) Issue statements to the Customer, at times mutually agreed upon,
identifying the Assets in the Accounts.

The Bank will send the Customer an advice or notification of any
transfers of Assets to or from the Accounts. Such statements, advices or
notifications shall indicate the identity of the entity having custody of
the Assets. Unless the Customer sends the Bank a written exception or
objection to any Bank statement within sixty (60) days of receipt, the
Customer shall be deemed to have approved such statement. In such event, or
where the Customer has otherwise approved any such statement, the Bank
shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released, relieved and discharged
with respect to all matters set forth in such statement or reasonably
implied therefrom as though it had been settled by the decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction in an action where the Customer and all persons
having or claiming an interest in the Customer or the Customer's Accounts
were parties.

All collections of funds or other property paid or distributed in
respect of Securities in the Custody Account shall be made at the risk of
the Customer. The Bank shall have no liability for any loss occasioned by
delay in the actual receipt of notice by the Bank or by its Subcustodians of
any payment, redemption or other transaction regarding Securities in the
Custody Account in respect of which the Bank has agreed to take any action
under this Agreement.

8. Corporate Actions; Proxies.

Whenever the Bank receives information concerning the Securities which
requires discretionary action by the beneficial owner of the Securities
(other than a proxy), such as subscription rights, bonus issues, stock
repurchase plans and rights offerings, or legal notices or other material
intended to be transmitted to securities holders ("Corporate Actions"), the
Bank will give the Customer notice of such Corporate Actions to the extent
that the Bank's central corporate actions department has actual knowledge of
a Corporate Action in time to notify its customers.

When a rights entitlement or a fractional interest resulting from a
rights issue, stock dividend, stock split or similar Corporate Action is
received which bears an expiration date, the Bank will endeavor to obtain
Instructions from the Customer or its Authorized Person, but if Instructions
are not received in time for the Bank to take timely action, or actual
notice of such Corporate Action was received too late to seek Instructions,
the Bank is authorized to sell such rights entitlement or fractional
interest and to credit the Deposit Account with the proceeds or take any
other action it deems, in good faith, to be appropriate in which case it
shall be held harmless for any such action.

The Bank will deliver proxies to the Customer or its designated agent
pursuant to special arrangements which may have been agreed to in writing.
Such proxies shall be executed in the appropriate nominee name relating to
Securities in the Custody Account registered in the name of such nominee but
without indicating the manner in which such proxies are to be voted; and
where bearer Securities are involved, proxies will be delivered in
accordance with Instructions.

9. Nominees.

Securities which are ordinarily held in registered form may be
registered in a nominee name of the Bank, Subcustodian or securities
depository, as the case may be. The Bank may without notice to the Customer
cause any such Securities to cease to be registered in the name of any such
nominee and to be registered in the name of the Customer. In the event that
any Securities registered in a nominee name are called for partial
redemption by the issuer, the Bank may allot the called portion to the
respective beneficial holders of such class of security in any manner the
Bank deems to be fair and equitable. The Customer agrees to hold the Bank,
Subcustodians, and their respective nominees harmless from any liability
arising directly or indirectly from their status as a mere record holder of
Securities in the Custody Account.

10. Authorized Persons.

As used in this Agreement, the term "Authorized Person" means
employees or agents including investment managers as have been designated by
written notice from the Customer or its designated agent to act on behalf of
the Customer under this Agreement. Such persons shall continue to be
Authorized Persons until such time as the Bank receives Instructions from
the Customer or its designated agent that any such employee or agent is no
longer an Authorized Person.

11. Instructions.

The term "Instructions" means instructions of any Authorized Person
received by the Bank, via telephone, telex, TWX, facsimile transmission,
bank wire or other teleprocess or electronic instruction or trade
information system acceptable to the Bank which the Bank believes in good
faith to have been given by Authorized Persons or which are transmitted with
proper testing or authentication pursuant to terms and conditions which the
Bank may specify. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all Instructions
shall continue in full force and effect until canceled or superseded.

Any Instructions delivered to the Bank by telephone shall promptly
thereafter be confirmed in writing by an Authorized Person (which
confirmation may bear the facsimile signature of such Person), but the
Customer will hold the Bank harmless for the failure of an Authorized Person
to send such confirmation in writing, the failure of such confirmation to
conform to the telephone instructions received or the Bank's failure to
produce such confirmation at any subsequent time. The Bank may
electronically record any Instructions given by telephone, and any other
telephone discussions with respect to the Custody Account. The Customer
shall be responsible for safeguarding any testkeys, identification codes or
other security devices which the Bank shall make available to the Customer
or its Authorized Persons.

12. Standard of Care; Liabilities.

(a) The Bank shall be responsible for the performance of only such
duties as are set forth in this Agreement or expressly contained in
Instructions which are consistent with the provisions of this Agreement as
follows:

(i) The Bank will use reasonable care with respect to its
obligations under this Agreement and the safekeeping of Assets.
The Bank shall be liable to the Customer for any loss which
shall occur as the result of the failure of a Subcustodian to
exercise reasonable care with respect to the safekeeping of such
Assets to the same extent that the Bank would be liable to the
Customer if the Bank were holding such Assets in New York. In
the event of any loss to the Customer by reason of the failure
of the Bank or its Subcustodian to utilize reasonable care, the
Bank shall be liable to the Customer only to the extent of the
Customer's direct damages, to be determined based on the market
value of the property which is the subject of the loss at the
date of discovery of such loss and without reference to any
special conditions or circumstances.

(ii) The Bank will not be responsible for any act, omission,
default or for the solvency of any broker or agent which it or
a Subcustodian appoints unless such appointment was made
negligently or in bad faith.

(iii) The Bank shall be indemnified by, and without liability
to the Customer for any action taken or omitted by the Bank
whether pursuant to Instructions or otherwise within the scope
of this Agreement if such act or omission was in good faith,
without negligence. In performing its obligations under this
Agreement, the Bank may rely on the genuineness of any document
which it believes in good faith to have been validly executed.

(iv) The Customer agrees to pay for and hold the Bank harmless
from any liability or loss resulting from the imposition or
assessment of any taxes or other governmental charges, and any
related expenses with respect to income from or Assets in the
Accounts.

(v) The Bank shall be entitled to rely, and may act, upon the
advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Customer) on all
matters and shall be without liability for any action reasonably
taken or omitted pursuant to such advice.

(vi) The Bank need not maintain any insurance for the benefit
of the Customer.

(vii) Without limiting the foregoing, the Bank shall not be
liable for any loss which results from: 1) the general risk of
investing, or 2) investing or holding Assets in a particular
country including, but not limited to, losses resulting from
nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions;
regulation of the banking or securities industry; currency
restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; and market
conditions which prevent the orderly execution of securities
transactions or affect the value of Assets.

(viii) Neither party shall be liable to the other for any
loss due to forces beyond their control including, but not
limited to strikes or work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism,
insurrection, revolution, nuclear fusion, fission or radiation,
or acts of God.

(b) Consistent with and without limiting the first paragraph of this
Section 12, it is specifically acknowledged that the Bank shall have no duty
or responsibility to:

(i) question Instructions or make any suggestions to the
Customer or an Authorized Person regarding such Instructions;

(ii) supervise or make recommendations with respect to
investments or the retention of Securities;

(iii) advise the Customer or an Authorized Person regarding any
default in the payment of principal or income of any security other
than as provided in Section 5(c) of this Agreement;

(iv) evaluate or report to the Customer or an Authorized Person
regarding the financial condition of any broker, agent or other
party to which Securities are delivered or payments are made
pursuant to this Agreement;

(v) review or reconcile trade confirmations received from
brokers. The Customer or its Authorized Persons (as defined in
Section 10) issuing Instructions shall bear any responsibility
to review such confirmations against Instructions issued to and
statements issued by the Bank.

(c) The Customer authorizes the Bank to act under this Agreement
notwithstanding that the Bank or any of its divisions or affiliates may have
a material interest in a transaction, or circumstances are such that the
Bank may have a potential conflict of duty or interest including the fact
that the Bank or any of its affiliates may provide brokerage services to
other customers, act as financial advisor to the issuer of Securities, act
as a lender to the issuer of Securities, act in the same transaction as
agent for more than one customer, have a material interest in the issue of
Securities, or earn profits from any of the activities listed herein.

13. Fees and Expenses.

The Customer agrees to pay the Bank for its services under this
Agreement such amount as may be agreed upon in writing, together with the
Bank's reasonable out-of-pocket or incidental expenses, including, but not
limited to, legal fees. The Bank shall have a lien on and is authorized to
charge any Accounts of the Customer for any amount owing to the Bank under
any provision of this Agreement.

14. Miscellaneous.

(a) Foreign Exchange Transactions. To facilitate the administration
of the Customer's trading and investment activity, the Bank is authorized to
enter into spot or forward foreign exchange contracts with the Customer or
an Authorized Person for the Customer and may also provide foreign exchange
through its subsidiaries, affiliates or Subcustodians. Instructions,
including standing instructions, may be issued with respect to such
contracts but the Bank may establish rules or limitations concerning any
foreign exchange facility made available. In all cases where the Bank, its
subsidiaries, affiliates or Subcustodians enter into a foreign exchange
contract related to Accounts, the terms and conditions of the then current
foreign exchange contract of the Bank, its subsidiary, affiliate or
Subcustodian and, to the extent not inconsistent, this Agreement shall apply
to such transaction.

(b) Certification of Residency, etc. The Customer certifies that it
is a resident of the United States and agrees to notify the Bank of any
changes in residency. The Bank may rely upon this certification or the
certification of such other facts as may be required to administer the
Bank's obligations under this Agreement. The Customer will indemnify the
Bank against all losses, liability, claims or demands arising directly or
indirectly from any such certifications.

(c) Access to Records. The Bank shall allow the Customer's
independent public accountant reasonable access to the records of the Bank
relating to the Assets as is required in connection with their examination
of books and records pertaining to the Customer's affairs. Subject to
restrictions under applicable law, the Bank shall also obtain an undertaking
to permit the Customer's independent public accountants reasonable access to
the records of any Subcustodian which has physical possession of any Assets
as may be required in connection with the examination of the Customer's
books and records.

(d) Governing Law; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be
governed by the laws of the State of New York and shall not be assignable by
either party, but shall bind the successors in interest of the Customer and
the Bank.

(e) Entire Agreement; Applicable Riders. Customer represents that
the Assets deposited in the Accounts are (Check one):

Employee Benefit Plan or other assets subject to the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA");

X Mutual Fund assets subject to certain Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC") rules and regulations;

Neither of the above.

This Agreement consists exclusively of this document together with
Schedule A, Exhibits I - _______ and the following Rider(s) [Check
applicable rider(s)]:

ERISA

X MUTUAL FUND

X SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

There are no other provisions of this Agreement and this Agreement
supersedes any other agreements, whether written or oral, between the
parties. Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing, executed by
both parties.

(f) Severability. In the event that one or more provisions of this
Agreement are held invalid, illegal or enforceable in any respect on the
basis of any particular circumstances or in any jurisdiction, the validity,
legality and enforceability of such provision or provisions under other
circumstances or in other jurisdictions and of the remaining provisions will
not in any way be affected or impaired.

(g) Waiver. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no
failure or delay on the part of either party in exercising any power or
right under this Agreement operates as a waiver, nor does any single or
partial exercise of any power or right preclude any other or further
exercise, or the exercise of any other power or right. No waiver by a party
of any provision of this Agreement, or waiver of any breach or default, is
effective unless in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver
is to be enforced.

(h) Notices. All notices under this Agreement shall be effective
when actually received. Any notices or other communications which may be
required under this Agreement are to be sent to the parties at the following
addresses or such other addresses as may subsequently be given to the other
party in writing:

Bank: The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.
Chase MetroTech Center
Brooklyn, NY 11245
Attention: Global Custody Division

or telex:

Customer: Richard Hisey
Lexington Management Corp.
Park 80 West, Plaza Two
Saddlebrook, NJ 07663

or telex:

(i) Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by the Customer
or the Bank by giving sixty (60) days written notice to the other, provided
that such notice to the Bank shall specify the names of the persons to whom
the Bank shall deliver the Assets in the Accounts. If notice of termination
is given by the Bank, the Customer shall, within sixty (60) days following
receipt of the notice, deliver to the Bank Instructions specifying the names
of the persons to whom the Bank shall deliver the Assets. In either case
the Bank will deliver the Assets to the persons so specified, after
deducting any amounts which the Bank determines in good faith to be owed to
it under Section 13. If within sixty (60) days following receipt of a
notice of termination by the Bank, the Bank does not receive Instructions
from the Customer specifying the names of the persons to whom the Bank shall
deliver the Assets, the Bank, at its election, may deliver the Assets to a
bank or trust company doing business in the State of New York to be held and
disposed of pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, or to Authorized
Persons, or may continue to hold the Assets until Instructions are provided
to the Bank.

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC.

By:____________________________________________
Title

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A.

By:____________________________________________
Title

STATE OF )
: ss.
COUNTY OF )

On this day of , 19 , before me personally
came , to me known, who being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say that he/she resides in at
;
that he/she is of
, the entity described in and which executed the
foregoing instrument; that he/she knows the seal of said entity, that the
seal affixed to said instrument is such seal, that it was so affixed by
order of said entity, and that he/she signed his/her name thereto by like
order.

Sworn to before me this
day of , 19 .

Notary

STATE OF NEW YORK )
: ss.
COUNTY OF NEW YORK )

On this day of ,19 ,
before me personally came , to me known, who being by
me duly sworn, did depose and say that he/she resides in
at
; that he/she is a Vice
President of THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, (National Association), the
corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that
he/she knows the seal of said corporation, that the seal affixed to said
instrument is such corporate seal, that it was so affixed by order of the
Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he/she signed his/her name
thereto by like order.

Sworn to before me this
day of , 19 .

Notary

Mutual Fund Rider to Global Custody Agreement
Between The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. and
Lexington International Fund, Inc.

effective __________, 1993

Customer represents that the Assets being placed in the Bank's custody
are subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Act), as the same may
be amended from time to time.

Except to the extent that the Bank has specifically agreed to comply
with a condition of a rule, regulation, interpretation promulgated by or
under the authority of the SEC or the Exemptive Order applicable to accounts
of this nature issued to the Bank (Investment Company Act of 1940, Release
No. 12053, November 20, 1981), as amended, or unless the Bank has otherwise
specifically agreed, the Customer shall be solely responsible to assure that
the maintenance of Assets under this Agreement complies with such rules,
regulations, interpretations or exemptive order promulgated by or under the
authority of the Securities Exchange Commission.

The following modifications are made to the Agreement:

Section 3. Subcustodians and Securities Depositories.

Add the following language to the end of Section 3:

The terms Subcustodian and securities depositories as used in this
Agreement shall mean a branch of a qualified U.S. bank, an eligible
foreign custodian or an eligible foreign securities depository, which
are further defined as follows:

(a) "qualified U.S. Bank" shall mean a qualified U.S. bank as defined
in Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

(b) "eligible foreign custodian" shall mean (i) a banking institution
or trust company incorporated or organized under the laws of a country
other than the United States that is regulated as such by that
country's government or an agency thereof and that has shareholders'
equity in excess of $200 million in U.S. currency (or a foreign
currency equivalent thereof), (ii) a majority owned direct or indirect
subsidiary of a qualified U.S. bank or bank holding company that is
incorporated or organized under the laws of a country other than the
United States and that has shareholders' equity in excess of $100
million in U.S. currency (or a foreign currency equivalent thereof)
(iii) a banking institution or trust company incorporated or organized
under the laws of a country other than the United States or a majority
owned direct or indirect subsidiary of a qualified U.S. bank or bank
holding company that is incorporated or organized under the laws of a
country other than the United States which has such other
qualifications as shall be specified in Instructions and approved by
the Bank; or (iv) any other entity that shall have been so qualified
by exemptive order, rule or other appropriate action of the SEC; and

(c) "eligible foreign securities depository" shall mean a securities
depository or clearing agency, incorporated or organized under the
laws of a country other than the United States, which operates (i) the
central system for handling securities or equivalent book-entries in
that country, or (ii) a transnational system for the central handling
of securities or equivalent book-entries.

The Customer represents that its Board of Directors has approved each
of the Subcustodians listed in Schedule A to this Agreement and the terms of
the subcustody agreements between the Bank and each Subcustodian, which are
attached as Exhibits I through of Schedule A, and further represents
that its Board has determined that the use of each Subcustodian and the
terms of each subcustody agreement are consistent with the best interests of
the Fund(s) and its (their) shareholders. The Bank will supply the Customer
with any amendment to Schedule A for approval. The Customer has supplied or
will supply the Bank with certified copies of its Board of Directors
resolution(s) with respect to the foregoing prior to placing Assets with any
Subcustodian so approved.

Section 11. Instructions.

Add the following language to the end of Section 11:

Deposit Account Payments and Custody Account Transactions made
pursuant to Section 5 and 6 of this Agreement may be made only for the
purposes listed below. Instructions must specify the purpose for
which any transaction is to be made and Customer shall be solely
responsible to assure that Instructions are in accord with any
limitations or restrictions applicable to the Customer by law or as
may be set forth in its prospectus.

(a) In connection with the purchase or sale of Securities at prices
as confirmed by Instructions;

(b) When Securities are called, redeemed or retired, or otherwise
become payable;

(c) In exchange for or upon conversion into other securities alone or
other securities and cash pursuant to any plan or merger,
consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or readjustment;

(d) Upon conversion of Securities pursuant to their terms into other
securities;

(e) Upon exercise of subscription, purchase or other similar rights
represented by Securities;

(f) For the payment of interest, taxes, management or supervisory
fees, distributions or operating expenses;

(g) In connection with any borrowings by the Customer requiring a
pledge of Securities, but only against receipt of amounts borrowed;

(h) In connection with any loans, but only against receipt of
adequate collateral as specified in Instructions which shall reflect
any restrictions applicable to the Customer;

(i) For the purpose of redeeming shares of the capital stock of the
Customer and the delivery to, or the crediting to the account of, the
Bank, its Subcustodian or the Customer's transfer agent, such shares
to be purchased or redeemed;

(j) For the purpose of redeeming in kind shares of the Customer
against delivery to the Bank, its Subcustodian or the Customer's
transfer agent of such shares to be so redeemed;

(k) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement
among the Customer, the Bank and a broker-dealer registered under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and a member of
The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"),
relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing
Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange, or of
any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other
arrangements in connection with transactions by the Customer;

(l) For release of Securities to designated brokers under covered
call options, provided, however, that such Securities shall be
released only upon payment to the Bank of monies for the premium due
and a receipt for the Securities which are to be held in escrow. Upon
exercise of the option, or at expiration, the Bank will receive from
brokers the Securities previously deposited. The Bank will act
strictly in accordance with Instructions in the delivery of Securities
to be held in escrow and will have no responsibility or liability for
any such Securities which are not returned promptly when due other
than to make proper request for such return;

(m) For spot or forward foreign exchange transactions to facilitate
security trading, receipt of income from Securities or related
transactions;

(n) For other proper purposes as may be specified in Instructions
issued by an officer of the Customer which shall include a statement
of the purpose for which the delivery or payment is to be made, the
amount of the payment or specific Securities to be delivered, the name
of the person or persons to whom delivery or payment is to be made,
and a certification that the purpose is a proper purpose under the
instruments governing the Customer; and

(o) Upon the termination of this Agreement as set forth in Section
14(i).

Section 12. Standard of Care; Liabilities.

Add the following subsection (c) to Section 12:

(c) The Bank hereby warrants to the Customer that in its opinion,
after due inquiry, the established procedures to be followed by each
of its branches, each branch of a qualified U.S. bank, each eligible
foreign custodian and each eligible foreign securities depository
holding the Customer's Securities pursuant to this Agreement afford
protection for such Securities at least equal to that afforded by the
Bank's established procedures with respect to similar securities held
by the Bank and its securities depositories in New York.

Section 14. Access to Records.

Add the following language to the end of Section 14(c):

Upon reasonable request from the Customer, the Bank shall furnish the
Customer such reports (or portions thereof) of the Bank's system of
internal accounting controls applicable to the Bank's duties under
this Agreement. The Bank shall endeavor to obtain and furnish the
Customer with such similar reports as it may reasonably request with
respect to each Subcustodian and securities depository holding the
Customer's assets.

GLOBAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT
WITH: LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC.
DATE: __________, 1993

SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS RIDER

The parties have agreed to the following modifications to the Agreement:

Section 7
The last paragraph of Section 7 shall be reworded as follows:

"The collectibility of funds or other property paid or
distributed in respect of Securities, in the Custody
Account shall be made at the risk of the customer.
Subject to the Bank's of exercise of reasonable care the
Bank shall have no liability for any loss occasioned by
delay in the acutal receipt of notice by the Bank or by
its Subcustodians of any payment, redemption or other
transaction regarding Securities in in the Custody Account
in respect of which the Bank has agreed to take any action
under this Agreement."

Section 12(b)(iii)

Following the words: "as provided in Section 5(c)" insert the words:
"and 7(e)".

Section 13

Reword the last sentence as follows:

"Following invoice by the Bank, if any such amount is not
paid by the Customer (and rights with respect to such
amount remains disputed following good faith efforts to
resolve such dispute), the Bank shall have a lien on, and
is authorized to charge any accounts of the Customer for
any amount owing to the Bank under any provision of this
Agreement.

TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT

between

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC.

and

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Article 1 Terms of Appointment; Duties of the Bank

Article 2 Fees and Expenses

Article 3 Representations and Warranties of the Bank

Article 4 Representations and Warranties of the Fund

Article 5 Data Access and Proprietary Information

Article 6 Indemnification

Article 7 Standard of Care

Article 8 Covenants of the Fund and the Bank

Article 9 Termination of Agreement

Article 10 Assignment

Article 11 Amendment

Article 12 Massachusetts Law to Apply

Article 13 Force Majeure

Article 14 Consequential Damages

Article 15 Merger of Agreement

Article 16 Counterparts

TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made as of the __ day of __________, 19__, by and between
Lexington International Fund, Inc., a corporation, having its principal
office and place of business at Park 80 West Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New
Jersey 07663, (the "Fund"), and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a
Massachusetts trust company having its principal office and place of
business at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 (the "Bank").

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to appoint the Bank as its transfer agent,
dividend disbursing agent, custodian of certain retirement plans and agent in
connection with certain other activities, and the Bank desires to accept such
appointment;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein
contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Article l Terms of Appointment; Duties of the Bank

1.01 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement, the Fund hereby employs and appoints the Bank to act as, and
the Bank agrees to act as its transfer agent for the Fund's authorized and
issued shares of its common stock, $____ par value, ("Shares"), dividend
disbursing agent, custodian of certain retirement plans and agent in
connection with any accumulation, open-account or similar plans provided to
the shareholders of the Fund ("Shareholders") and set out in the currently
effective prospectus and statement of additional information ("prospectus")
of the Fund, including without limitation any periodic investment plan or
periodic withdrawal program.

1.02 The Bank agrees that it will perform the following services:
(a) In accordance with procedures established from time to time by
agreement between the Fund and the Bank, the Bank shall:
(i) Receive for acceptance, orders for the purchase of Shares,
and promptly deliver payment and appropriate documentation
thereof to the Custodian of the Fund authorized pursuant to
the Articles of Incorporation of the Fund (the "Custodian");
(ii) Pursuant to purchase orders, issue the appropriate number of
Shares and hold such Shares in the appropriate Shareholder
account;
(iii) Receive for acceptance redemption requests and redemption
directions and deliver the appropriate documentation thereof
to the Custodian;
(iv) In respect to the transactions in items (i), (ii) and (iii)
above, the Bank shall execute transactions directly with
broker-dealers authorized by the Fund who shall thereby be
deemed to be acting on behalf of the Fund;
(v) At the appropriate time as and when it receives monies
paid to it by the Custodian with respect to any redemption, pay
over or cause to be paid over in the appropriate manner such
monies as instructed by the redeeming Shareholders;
(vi) Effect transfers of Shares by the registered owners thereof
upon receipt of appropriate instructions;
(vii) Prepare and transmit payments for dividends and distributions
declared by the Fund;
(viii)Issue replacement certificates for those certificates
alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon receipt
by the Bank of indemnification satisfactory to the Bank and
protecting the Bank and the Fund, and the Bank at its option,
may issue replacement certificates in place of mutilated
stock certificates upon presentation thereof and without such
indemnity;
(ix) Maintain records of account for and advise the Fund and its
Shareholders as to the foregoing; and
(x) Record the issuance of shares of the Fund and maintain
pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-10(e) a record of the total number
of shares of the Fund which are authorized, based upon data
provided to it by the Fund, and issued and outstanding. The
Bank shall also provide the Fund on a regular basis with the
total number of shares which are authorized and issued and
outstanding and shall have no obligation, when recording the
issuance of shares, to monitor the issuance of such shares or
to take cognizance of any laws relating to the issue or sale
of such shares, which functions shall be the sole
responsibility of the Fund.
(b) In addition to and neither in lieu nor in contravention of
the services set forth in the above paragraph (a), the Bank shall:
(i) perform the customary services of a transfer agent, dividend disbursing
agent, custodian of certain retirement plans and, as relevant, agent in
connection with accumulation, open-account or similar plans (including
without limitation any periodic investment plan or periodic withdrawal
program), including but not limited to: maintaining all Shareholder
accounts, preparing Shareholder meeting lists, mailing proxies, mailing
Shareholder reports and prospectuses to current Shareholders, withholding
taxes on U.S. resident and non-resident alien accounts, preparing and filing
U.S. Treasury Department Forms 1099 and other appropriate forms required with
respect to dividends and distributions by federal authorities for all
Shareholders, preparing and mailing confirmation forms and statements of
account to Shareholders for all purchases and redemptions of Shares and other
confirmable transactions in Shareholder accounts, preparing and mailing
activity statements for Shareholders, and providing Shareholder account
information and (ii) provide a system which will enable the Fund to monitor
the total number of Shares sold in each State.
(c) In addition, the Fund shall (i) identify to the Bank in
writing those transactions and assets to be treated as exempt from blue sky
reporting for each State and (ii) verify the establishment of transactions
for each State on the system prior to activation and thereafter monitor the
daily activity for each State. The responsibility of the Bank for the Fund's
blue sky State registration status is solely limited to the initial
establishment of transactions subject to blue sky compliance by the Fund and
the reporting of such transactions to the Fund as provided above.
(d) Procedures as to who shall provide certain of these services
in Article 1 may be established from time to time by agreement between the
Fund and the Bank per the attached service responsibility schedule. The Bank
may at times perform only a portion of these services and the Fund or its
agent may perform these services on the Fund's behalf.
(e) The Bank shall provide additional services on behalf of the
Fund (i.e., escheatment services) which may be agreed upon in writing between
the Fund and the Bank.

Article 2 Fees and Expenses

2.01 For the performance by the Bank pursuant to this
Agreement, the Fund agrees to pay the Bank an annual maintenance fee for each
Shareholder account as set out in the initial fee schedule attached hereto.
Such fees and out-of-pocket expenses and advances identified under Section
2.02 below may be changed from time to time subject to mutual written
agreement between the Fund and the Bank.

2.02 In addition to the fee paid under Section 2.01 above, the
Fund agrees to reimburse the Bank for out-of-pocket expenses, including but
not limited to confirmation production, postage, forms, telephone, microfilm,
microfiche, tabulating proxies, records storage, or advances incurred by the
Bank for the items set out in the fee schedule attached hereto. In addition,
any other expenses incurred by the Bank at the request or with the consent of
the Fund, will be reimbursed by the Fund.

2.03 The Fund agrees to pay all fees and reimbursable expenses
within five days following the receipt of the respective billing notice.
Postage for mailing of dividends, proxies, Fund reports and other mailings to
all shareholder accounts shall be advanced to the Bank by the Fund at least
seven (7) days prior to the mailing date of such materials.

Article 3 Representations and Warranties of the Bank

The Bank represents and warrants to the Fund that:

3.01 It is a trust company duly organized and existing and in good
standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

3.02 It is duly qualified to carry on its business in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

3.03 It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Charter and
By-Laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.

3.04 All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to
authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.

3.05 It has and will continue to have access to the necessary
facilities, equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations
under this Agreement.

Article 4 Representations and Warranties of the Fund

The Fund represents and warrants to the Bank that:

4.01 It is a corporation duly organized and existing and in good
standing under the laws of Maryland.

4.02 It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Articles of
Incorporation and By-Laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.

4.03 All corporate proceedings required by said Articles of
Incorporation and By-Laws have been taken to authorize it to enter into and
perform this Agreement.

4.04 It is an open-end and diversified management investment
company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

4.05 A registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended is currently effective and will remain effective, and appropriate
state securities law filings have been made and will continue to be made,
with respect to all Shares of the Fund being offered for sale.

Article 5 Data Access and Proprietary Information

5.01 The Fund acknowledges that the data bases,
computer programs, screen formats, report formats, interactive design
techniques, and documentation manuals furnished to the Fund by the Bank as
part of the Fund's ability to access certain Fund-related data ("Customer
Data") maintained by the Bank on data bases under the control and ownership
of the Bank or other third party ("Data Access Services") constitute
copyrighted, trade secret, or other proprietary information (collectively,
"Proprietary Information") of substantial value to the Bank or other third
party. In no event shall Proprietary Information be deemed Customer Data.
The Fund agrees to treat all Proprietary Information as proprietary to the
Bank and further agrees that it shall not divulge any Proprietary Information
to any person or organization except as may be provided hereunder. Without
limiting the foregoing, the Fund agrees for itself and its employees and
agents:
(a) to access Customer Data solely from locations as may be
designated in writing by the Bank and solely in accordance
with the Bank's applicable user documentation;
(b) to refrain from copying or duplicating in any way the
Proprietary Information;
(c) to refrain from obtaining unauthorized access to any portion
of the Proprietary Information, and if such access is
inadvertently obtained, to inform in a timely manner of such
fact and dispose of such information in accordance with the
Bank's instructions;
(d) to refrain from causing or allowing third-party data acquired
hereunder from being retransmitted to any other computer
facility or other location, except with the prior written
consent of the Bank;
(e) that the Fund shall have access only to those authorized
transactions agreed upon by the parties;
(f) to honor all reasonable written requests made by the Bank to
protect at the Bank's expense the
rights of the Bank in Proprietary Information at common law,
under federal copyright law and under other federal or state
law.
Each party shall take reasonable efforts to advise its employees of their
obligations pursuant to this Article 5. The obligations of this Article
shall survive any earlier termination of this Agreement.

5.02 If the Fund notifies the Bank that any of the Data Access
Services do not operate in material compliance with the most recently issued
user documentation for such services, the Bank shall endeavor in a timely
manner to correct such failure. Organizations from which the Bank may obtain
certain data included in the Data Access Services are solely responsible for
the contents of such data and the Fund agrees to make no claim against the
Bank arising out of the contents of such third-party data, including, but not
limited to, the accuracy thereof. DATA ACCESS SERVICES AND ALL COMPUTER
PROGRAMS AND SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS USED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH ARE
PROVIDED ON AN AS IS, AS AVAILABLE BASIS. THE BANK EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL
WARRANTIES EXCEPT THOSE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.

5.03 If the transactions available to the Fund include
the ability to originate electronic instructions to the Bank in order to (i)
effect the transfer or movement of cash or Shares or (ii) transmit Shareholder
information or other information (such transactions constituting a "COEFI"),
then in such event the Bank shall be entitled to rely on the validity and
authenticity of such instruction without undertaking any further inquiry as
long as such instruction is undertaken in conformity with security procedures
established by the Bank from time to time.

Article 6 Indemnification

6.01 The Bank shall not be responsible for, and the
Fund shall indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from and against, any and all
losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and
liability arising out of or attributable to:
(a) All actions of the Bank or its agent or subcontractors
required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement, provided that such actions
are taken in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct.
(b) The Fund's lack of good faith, negligence or willful
misconduct which arise out of the breach of any representation or warranty of
the Fund hereunder.
(c) The reliance on or use by the Bank or its agents or
subcontractors of information, records, documents or services which (i) are
received by the Bank or its agents or subcontractors, and (ii) have been
prepared, maintained or performed by the Fund or any other person or firm on
behalf of the Fund including but not limited to any previous transfer agent
or registrar.
(d) The reliance on, or the carrying out by the Bank or its agents
or subcontractors of any instructions or requests of the Fund.
(e) The offer or sale of Shares in violation of any requirement
under the federal securities laws or regulations or the securities laws or
regulations of any state that such Shares be registered in such state or in
violation of any stop order or other determination or ruling by any federal
agency or any state with respect to the offer or sale of such Shares in such
state.

6.02 At any time the Bank may apply to any officer of the Fund for
instructions, and may consult with legal counsel with respect to any matter
arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Bank under this
Agreement, and the Bank and its agents or subcontractors shall not be liable
and shall be indemnified by the Fund for any action taken or omitted by it in
reliance upon such instructions or upon the opinion of such counsel. The
Bank, its agents and subcontractors shall be protected and indemnified in
acting upon any paper or document furnished by or on behalf of the Fund,
reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper
person or persons, or upon any instruction, information, data, records or
documents provided the Bank or its agents or subcontractors by machine
readable input, telex, CRT data entry or other similar means authorized by
the Fund, and shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of
any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from the Fund. The Bank,
its agents and subcontractors shall also be protected and indemnified in
recognizing stock certificates which are reasonably believed to bear the
proper manual or facsimile signatures of the officers of the Fund, and the
proper countersignature of any former transfer agent or former registrar, or
of a co-transfer agent or co-registrar.

6.03 In order that the indemnification provisions
contained in this Article 6 shall apply, upon the assertion of a claim for
which the Fund may be required to indemnify the Bank, the Bank shall promptly
notify the Fund of such assertion, and shall keep the Fund advised with
respect to all developments concerning such claim. The Fund shall have the
option to participate with the Bank in the defense of such claim or to defend
against said claim in its own name or in the name of the Bank. The Bank
shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in
which the Fund may be required to indemnify the Bank except with the Fund's
prior written consent.

Article 7 Standard of Care

7.01 The Bank shall at all times act in good faith and
agrees to use its best efforts within reasonable limits to insure the
accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement, but assumes no
responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors
unless said errors are caused by its negligence, bad faith, or willful
misconduct of that of its employees.

Article 8 Covenants of the Fund and the Bank

8.01 The Fund shall promptly furnish to the Bank the following:
(a) A certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors
of the Fund authorizing the appointment of the Bank and the execution and
delivery of this Agreement.
(b) A copy of the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the
Fund and all amendments thereto.

8.02 The Bank hereby agrees to establish and maintain facilities
and procedures reasonably acceptable to the Fund for safekeeping of stock
certificates, check forms and facsimile signature imprinting devices, if any;
and for the preparation or use, and for keeping account of such certificates,
forms and devices.

8.03 The Bank shall keep records relating to the services to be
performed hereunder, in the form and manner as it may deem advisable. To the
extent required by Section 31 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended, and the Rules thereunder, the Bank agrees that all such records
prepared or maintained by the Bank relating to the services to be performed
by the Bank hereunder are the property of the Fund and will be preserved,
maintained and made available in accordance with such Section and Rules, and
will be surrendered promptly to the Fund on and in accordance with its
request.

8.04 The Bank and the Fund agree that all books, records,
information and data pertaining to the business of the other party which are
exchanged or received pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out of this
Agreement shall remain confidential, and shall not be voluntarily disclosed
to any other person, except as may be required by law.

8.05 In case of any requests or demands for the inspection of the
Shareholder records of the Fund, the Bank will endeavor to notify the Fund
and to secure instructions from an authorized officer of the Fund as to such
inspection. The Bank reserves the right, however, to exhibit the Shareholder
records to any person whenever it is advised by its counsel that it may be
held liable for the failure to exhibit the Shareholder records to such person.

Article 9 Termination of Agreement

9.01 This Agreement may be terminated by either party
upon one hundred twenty (120) days written notice to the other.

9.02 Should the Fund exercise its right to terminate,
all out-of-pocket expenses associated with the movement of records and
material will be borne by the Fund. Additionally, the Bank reserves the
right to charge for any other reasonable expenses associated with such
termination and/or a charge equivalent to the average of three (3) months'
fees.

Article 10 Assignment

10.01 Except as provided in Section 10.03 below, neither
this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by
either party without the written consent of the other party.

10.02 This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

10.03 The Bank may, without further consent on the part of the
Fund, subcontract for the performance hereof with (i) Boston Financial Data
Services, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation ("BFDS") which is duly registered
as a transfer agent pursuant to Section 17A(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended ("Section 17A(c)(1)"), (ii) a BFDS subsidiary duly
registered as a transfer agent pursuant to Section 17A(c)(1) or (iii) a BFDS
affiliate; provided, however, that the Bank shall be as fully responsible to
the Fund for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor as it is for its own
acts and omissions.

Article 11 Amendment

11.01 This Agreement may be amended or modified by a
written agreement executed by both parties and authorized or approved by a
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Fund.

Article 12 Massachusetts Law to Apply

12.01 This Agreement shall be construed and the
provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Article 13 Force Majeure

13.01 In the event either party is unable to perform its
obligations under the terms of this Agreement because of acts of God,
strikes, equipment or transmission failure or damage reasonably beyond its
control, or other causes reasonably beyond its control, such party shall not
be liable for damages to the other for any damages resulting from such
failure to perform or otherwise from such causes.

Article 14 Consequential Damages

14.01 Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to
the other party for consequential damages under any provision of this
Agreement or for any consequential damages arising out of any act or failure
to act hereunder.

Article 15 Merger of Agreement

15.01 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to
the subject matter hereof whether oral or written.

Article 16 Counterparts

16.01 This Agreement may be executed by the parties
hereto on any number of counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken
together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed in their names and on their behalf by and through their duly
authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC.

BY:

___________________________________
Vice President

ATTEST:

_________________________________

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

BY:

____________________________________
Senior Vice President

ATTEST:

___________________________________

STATE STREET BANK & TRUST COMPANY
FUND SERVICE RESPONSIBILITIES*

Service Performed Responsibility
----------------- --------------
Bank Fund
---- ----

1. Receives orders for the purchase
of Shares.

2. Issue Shares and hold Shares in
Shareholders accounts.

3. Receive redemption requests.

4. Effect transactions 1-3 above
directly with broker-dealers.

5. Pay over monies to redeeming
Shareholders.

6. Effect transfers of Shares.

7. Prepare and transmit dividends
and distributions.

8. Issue Replacement Certificates.

9. Reporting of abandoned property.

10. Maintain records of account.

11. Maintain and keep a current and
accurate control book for each
issue of securities.

12. Mail proxies.

13. Mail Shareholder reports.

14. Mail prospectuses to current
Shareholders.

15. Withhold taxes on U.S. resident
and non-resident alien accounts.

Service Performed Responsibility
----------------- --------------
Bank Fund
---- ----
16. Prepare and file U.S. Treasury
Department forms.

17. Prepare and mail account and
confirmation statements for
Shareholders.

18. Provide Shareholder account
information.

19. Blue sky reporting.

* Such services are more fully described in Article 1.02 (a), (b) and (c)
of the Agreement.
LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC.

BY:
__________________________________
Vice President

ATTEST:

________________________________

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

BY:
___________________________________
Vice President

ATTEST:

__________________________________

FORM OF
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made by and between LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND,
INC., a Maryland corporation (the "Fund"), and LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the Administrator ), with respect to
the following recital of facts:

RECITAL

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end diversified management
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
"1940 Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

WHEREAS, the Administrator is registered as an investment adviser
under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the " Advisers Act"),
and engages in the business of acting as an investment adviser and an
administrator of investment companies;

WHEREAS, the Fund, and the Administrator desire to enter into an
agreement to provide for administrative services for the Fund on the terms
and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein
contained and other good and valuable considerations, the receipt of which
is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

I. APPOINTMENT AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

The Administrator is hereby appointed to serve as the Administrator
to the Fund, to provide the administrative services described herein and
assume the obligations set forth in Section II, subject to the terms of this
Agreement and the control of the Fund's Board of [Directors/Trustees] (the
"Board"). The administrator shall, for all purposes herein, be deemed an
independent contractor and shall have, unless otherwise expressly provided
or authorized, no authority to act for or represent the Fund in any way or
otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund.

II. DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

In carrying out the terms of this Agreement, the Administrator shall:

A. provide office space, equipment and facilities (which may be
the Administrator's or its affiliates) for maintaining the
Fund s organization, for meetings of the Board and the
shareholders, and for performing administrative services
hereunder;

B. supervise and manage all aspects of the Fund's operations
(other than investment advisory activities), and supervise
relations with, and monitor the performance of, custodians,
depositories, transfer and pricing agents, accountants,
attorneys, underwriters, brokers and dealers, insurers and
other persons in any capacity deemed to be necessary and
desirable by the Board;

C. determine and arrange for the publication of the net asset
value of the Fund;

D. provide non-investment related statistical and research data
and such other reports, evaluations and information as the Fund
may request from time to time;

E. provide internal clerical, accounting and legal services, and
stationery and office supplies;

F. prepare, to the extent requested by the Fund, the Fund's
prospectus, statement of additional information, proxy
statements and annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders;

G. arrange for the printing and mailing (at the Fund's expense) of
proxy statements and other reports or other materials provided
to the Fund's shareholders;

H. prepare for execution and file all the Fund's federal and state
tax returns and required tax filings other than those required
to be made by the Fund's custodian and transfer agent;

I. prepare periodic reports to and filings with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and state Blue Sky authorities
with the advice of the Fund's counsel;

J. maintain the Fund s existence, and during such times as the
shares of the Fund are publicly offered, maintain the
registration and qualification of the Fund's shares under the
federal and state law;

K. keep and maintain the financial accounts and records of the
Fund;

L. develop and implement, if appropriate, management and
shareholder services designed to enhance the value or
convenience of the Fund as an investment vehicle;

M. provide the Board on a regular basis with reports and analyses
of the Fund's operations and the operations of comparable
investment companies;

N. respond to inquiries from shareholders or participants of
employee benefit plans (for which the administrator or any
affiliate provides recordkeeping) relating to the Fund,
concerning, among other things, exchanges among Funds, or refer
any such inquiries to the Fund's officers or the Fund's
transfer agent;

O. provide participant recordkeeping services for participants in
employee benefit plans for which the Administrator or any
affiliate provides recordkeeping services; and

P. provide such information as may be reasonably requested by a
shareholder representative of or a participant in an employee
benefit plan to comply with applicable federal or state laws.

III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

A. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

The Administrator hereby represents and warrants to the Fund as
follows:

1. Due Incorporation and Organization. The Administrator is
duly organized and is in good standing under the laws of the
State of Delaware and is fully authorized to enter into this
Agreement and carry out its duties and obligations hereunder.

2. Best Efforts. The Administrator at all times shall provide
its best judgment and effort to the Fund in carrying out its
obligations hereunder.

B. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE FUND

The Fund hereby represents and warrants to the Administrator as
follows:

1. Organization. The Fund has been duly organized as a
corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland and it is
authorized to enter into this Agreement and carry out its
terms.

2. Registration. The Fund is registered as an investment
company with the SEC under the 1940 Act and shares of the Fund
are registered or qualified for offer and sale to the public
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act ),
and all applicable state securities laws. Such registrations
or qualifications will be kept in effect during the term of
this Agreement.

IV. CONTROL BY THE BOARD

Any activities undertaken by the administrator pursuant to this
Agreement on behalf of the Fund shall at all times be subject to any
directives of the Board.

V. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS

In carrying out its obligations under this Agreement, the
Administrator shall at all times conform to:

A. all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act;

B. the provisions of the registration statement of the Fund under
the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act;

C. the provisions of the Fund s chartering documents, as amended;

D. the provisions of the By-Laws of the Fund, as amended; and

E. any other applicable provisions of state and federal law.

VI. DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

All services to be provided by the Administrator under this Agreement
may be furnished by any directors, officers or employees of the
Administrator or by any affiliates of the Administrator under the
Administrator's supervision.

VII. COMPENSATION

For the services to be rendered, the facilities furnished and the
expenses assumed by the administrator, the Fund shall pay to the
Administrator an annual fee, payable monthly, equal to the pro-rata portion
of the Administrator's actual cost in providing such services, facilities
and expenses.

VIII. NON-EXCLUSIVITY

The services of the Administrator to the Fund are not to be deemed to
be exclusive, and the Administrator shall be free to render administrative
or other services to others (including other investment companies) and to
engage in other activities, so long as its services under this agreement are
not impaired thereby. It is understood and agreed that officers and
directors of the Administrator may serve as officers or [directors/trustees]
of the Fund, and that officers of [directors/trustees] of the Fund may serve
as officers or directors of the Administrator to the extent permitted by
law; and that the officers and directors of the Administrator are not
prohibited from engaging in any other business activity or from rendering
services to any other person, or from serving as partners, officers,
directors or trustees of any other firm or trust, including other investment
companies.

IX. TERM

This Agreement shall become effective at the close of business on the
date hereof and shall continue automatically for successive annual periods,
provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the
Fund s [directors/trustees] who are not parties to this Agreement or
interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, or by
the vote of the holders of a majority (as so defined) of the outstanding
voting securities of the Fund and by such vote of the [directors/trustees].

X. TERMINATION

This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of
any penalty, by vote of the Fund s [directors/trustees] or by vote of a
majority of the Fund s outstanding voting securities (as defined in Section
2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act), or by the Administrator, on sixty (60) days
written notice to the other party.

XI. LIABILITY OF ADMINISTRATOR AND INDEMNIFICATION

A. LIABILITY

In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence on the part of the Administrator or its officers, directors
or employees, or reckless disregard by the Administrator of its duties
under this Agreement, the Administrator shall not be liable to the
Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any act or omission in the
course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any
looses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any
security.

B. INDEMNIFICATION

In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder
on the part of the Administrator or any officer, director or employee
of the Administrator, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the
Fund hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Administrator harmless
from and against all claims, actions, suits and proceedings at law or
in equity, whether brought or asserted by a private party or a
governmental agency, instrumentality or entity of any kind, relating
to the sale, purchase, pledge of, advertisement of, or solicitation
of sales or purchases of any security (whether of the Fund or
otherwise) by the Fund, its officers, directors, employees or agents
in alleged violation of applicable federal, state or foreign laws,
rules or regulations.

XII. MATERIALS FOR DISTRIBUTION TO SHAREHOLDERS

During the term of this Agreement, the Fund shall furnish to the
Administrator at its principal office copies of all prospectuses, proxy
statements, reports to shareholders, sales literature and other material
referring to the Administrator that were prepared for distribution to
shareholders of the Fund and to participants in employee benefit plans
owning interests in the Fund (prior to the public distribution of such
materials). The Fund shall not use any such materials that refer to the
Administrator if the Administrator reasonably objects in writing within five
business days (or such other time as the parties may agree) after receipt
thereof, unless prior to such use the material is modified in a manner that
is satisfactory to the Administrator. Subsequent to the termination of this
Agreement, the Fund will continue to furnish to the Administrator copies of
such materials. The Fund shall also furnish or otherwise make available to
the Administrator other information relating to the business affairs of the
Fund as the Administrator reasonably requests from time to time.

XIII. NOTICES

Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing, addressed and
delivered or mailed postage paid to the other party at such address as such
other party may designate for the receipt of such notice. Until further
notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of the
Administrator and that of the Fund for this purpose shall be Park 80 West,
Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey, 07663.

XIV. QUESTIONS OF INTERPRETATIONS

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New
Jersey. Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this
Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or
provision of the 1940 Act shall be resolved by reference to such term or
provision of the 1940 Act and to interpretations thereof, if any, by the
United States Courts or in the absence of any controlling decision of any
such court, by rules, regulations or orders of the SEC issued pursuant to
said Act. In addition, where the effect of a requirement of the 1940 Act
reflected in the provisions of this Agreement is revised by rule, regulation
or order of the SEC, such provisions shall be deemed to incorporate the
effect of such rule, regulation or order.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed in duplicate by their respective officers on the 28th day of
February, 1995.

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC.

Attest: By: _______________________________
Name Title

________________________

LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

Attest: By: ______________________________
Name Title

________________________

Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel
9 1 9 T H I R D A V E N U E
NEW YORK, N.Y. 10022 3852
(212) 715 9100
FAX
(212) 715-8000
______

WRITER'S DIRECT
NUMBER

(212) 715-9100

April 22, 1996

Lexington International Fund, Inc.
Park 80 West
Plaza Two
Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663

Gentlemen:

We hereby consent to the reference of this Firm as counsel in the
Registration Statement on Form N-1A of the Lexington International Fund, Inc.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen,
Kamin & Frankel

KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
345 Park Avenue Telephone 212 758 9700 Telefax 212 758 9819
New York, NY 10154 Telex 428038

Independent Auditors' Consent

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Lexington International Fund, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated January 29, 1996, included in
the Registration Statement on form N-1A and to the references to our firm
under the headings Financial Highlights and Counsel and Independent
Auditors in the Prospectus and under the heading Shareholders Reports
in the Statement of Additional Information.

/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

New York, New York
April 23, 1996

LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
PROTOTYPE
MONEY PURCHASE PENSION AND
PROFIT SHARING PLAN
BASIC DOCUMENT #01

PROTOTYPE
MONEY PURCHASE PENSION AND
PROFIT SHARING PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Page

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL

1.1 Purpose......................................... 1
1.2 Trust........................................... 1

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS

2.1 Account......................................... 1
2.2 Adoption Agreement.............................. 1
2.3 Affiliated Employers............................ 1
2.4 Beneficiary..................................... 2
2.5 Break in Service................................ 2
2.6 Code............................................ 2
2.7 Compensation.................................... 2
2.8 Custodian....................................... 3
2.9 Determination Date.............................. 3
2.10 Early Retirement Date........................... 3
2.11 Earned Income................................... 3
2.12 Effective Date.................................. 3
2.13 Eligibility Computation Period.................. 3
2.14 Employee........................................ 4
2.15 Employer........................................ 4
2.16 Employer Contributions.......................... 4
2.17 Entry Dates..................................... 4
2.18 ERISA........................................... 4
2.19 Hour of Service................................. 4
2.20 Integration Level............................... 7
2.21 Key Employee.................................... 7
2.22 Leased Employee................................. 7
2.23 Maximum Disparity Rate.......................... 8
2.24 Maximum Profit Sharing Disparity Rate........... 9
2.25 Non-Key Employee................................ 9
2.26 Normal Retirement Age........................... 9
2.27 Owner-Employee.................................. 9
2.28 Participant..................................... 10
2.29 Plan............................................ 10
2.30 Plan Administrator.............................. 10
2.31 Plan Year....................................... 10
2.32 Self-Employed Individuals....................... 10
2.33 Shares.......................................... 10
2.34 Sponsor......................................... 10
2.35 Taxable Wage Base............................... 10
2.36 Total and Permanent Disability.................. 10
2.37 Trust........................................... 11
2.38 Trust Agreement................................. 11
2.39 Trustee......................................... 11
2.40 Valuation Date.................................. 11
2.41 Vesting Computation Period...................... 11
2.42 Year of Service................................. 11

ARTICLE 3
ELIGIBILITY AND YEARS OF SERVICE

3.1 Eligibility Requirements........................ 11
3.2 Participation and Service Upon Reemployment..... 12
3.3 Predecessor Employers........................... 12

ARTICLE 4
CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 Employer Contributions.......................... 13
4.2 Payment......................................... 13
4.3 Nondeductible Voluntary Contributions by
Participants.................................... 14
4.4 Rollovers....................................... 14
4.5 Direct Transfers................................ 14

ARTICLE 5
ALLOCATIONS

5.1 Individual Accounts............................. 15
5.2 Minimum Allocation.............................. 16
5.3 Allocation of Employer Contributions and
Forfeitures..................................... 17
5.4 Coordination of Social Security Integration..... 19
5.5 Withdrawals and Distributions................... 19
5.6 Determination of Value of Trust Fund and of Net
Earnings or Losses.............................. 19
5.7 Allocation of Net Earnings or Losses............ 20
5.8 Responsibilities of the Plan Administrator...... 21

ARTICLE 6
LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS

6.1 Employers Who Do Not Maintain Other Qualified
Plans........................................... 21
6.2 Employers Who Maintain Other Qualified Master
or Prototype Defined Contribution Plans......... 22
6.3 Employers Who, In Addition to This Plan,
Maintain Other Qualified Plans Which are
Defined Contribution Plans Other Than Master or
Prototype Plans................................. 24
6.4 Employers, Who In Addition To This Plan,
Maintain A Qualified Defined Benefit Plan....... 24
6.5 Definitions..................................... 24

ARTICLE 7
TRUST FUND

7.1 Receipt of Contributions by Trustee............. 29
7.2 Investment Responsibility....................... 29
7.3 Investment Limitations.......................... 30

ARTICLE 8
VESTING

8.1 Nondeductible Voluntary Contributions and
Earnings........................................ 30
8.2 Rollovers, Transfers and Earnings............... 31
8.3 Employer Contributions and Earnings............. 31
8.4 Amendments to Vesting Schedule.................. 31
8.5 Determination of Years of Service............... 32
8.6 Forfeiture of Nonvested Amounts................. 33
8.7 Reinstatement of Benefit........................ 33

ARTICLE 9
JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

9.1 General......................................... 34
9.2 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity............ 34
9.3 Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity........ 34
9.4 Definitions..................................... 34
9.5 Notice Requirements............................. 36
9.6 Safe Harbor Rules............................... 38
9.7 Transitional Rules.............................. 39

ARTICLE 10
DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS

10.1 Vesting on Distribution Before Break in Service. 41
10.2 Restrictions on Immediate Distributions......... 42
10.3 Commencement of Benefits........................ 44
10.4 Early Retirement With Age and Service Require-
ment............................................ 44
10.5 Nontransferability of Annuities................. 44
10.6 Conflicts With Annuity Contracts................ 44

ARTICLE 11
TIMING AND MODES OF DISTRIBUTION

11.1 General Rules................................... 45
11.2 Required Beginning Date......................... 45
11.3 Limits on Distribution Periods.................. 45
11.4 Determination of Amount to be Distributed Each
Year............................................ 45
11.5 Death Distribution Provisions................... 46
11.6 Designation of Beneficiary...................... 48
11.7 Definitions..................................... 48
11.8 Transitional Rules.............................. 51
11.9 Optional Forms of Benefit....................... 52

ARTICLE 12
WITHDRAWALS

12.1 Withdrawal of Nondeductible Voluntary Contribu-
tions........................................... 54
12.2 Hardship Withdrawals............................ 54
12.3 Manner of Making Withdrawals.................... 55
12.4 Limitations on Withdrawals...................... 55

ARTICLE 13
LOANS

13.1 General Provisions.............................. 55
13.2 Administration of Loan Program.................. 57
13.3 Amount of Loan.................................. 57
13.4 Manner of Making Loans.......................... 57
13.5 Terms of Loan................................... 58
13.6 Security for Loan............................... 58
13.7 Segregated Investment........................... 59
13.8 Repayment of Loan............................... 59
13.9 Default on Loan................................. 59
13.10Unpaid Amounts.................................. 59

ARTICLE 14
INSURANCE

14.1 Insurance....................................... 60
14.2 Policies........................................ 60
14.3 Beneficiary..................................... 60
14.4 Payment of Premiums............................. 60
14.5 Limitation on Insurance Premiums................ 61
14.6 Insurance Company............................... 62
14.7 Distribution of Policies........................ 62
14.8 Policy Features................................. 64
14.9 Changed Conditions.............................. 64
14.10Conflicts....................................... 64

ARTICLE 15
ADMINISTRATION

15.1 Duties and Responsibilities of Fiduciaries;
Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibility.......... 64
15.2 Powers and Responsibilities of the Plan
Administrator................................... 65
15.3 Allocation of Duties and Responsibilities....... 67
15.4 Appointment of the Plan Administrator........... 67
15.5 Expenses........................................ 67
15.6 Liabilities..................................... 67
15.7 Claims Procedure................................ 68

ARTICLE 16
AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER

16.1 Sponsor's Power to Amend........................ 69
16.2 Amendment by Adopting Employer.................. 69
16.3 Vesting Upon Plan Termination................... 70
16.4 Vesting Upon Complete Discontinuance of
Contributions................................... 70
16.5 Maintenance of Benefits Upon Merger............. 70
16.6 Special Amendments.............................. 70

ARTICLE 17
MISCELLANEOUS

17.1 Exclusive Benefit of Participants and
Beneficiaries................................... 70
17.2 Nonguarantee of Employment...................... 71
17.3 Rights to Trust Assets.......................... 71
17.4 Nonalienation of Benefits....................... 71
17.5 Aggregation Rules............................... 72
17.6 Failure of Qualification........................ 73
17.7 Applicable Law.................................. 73

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL

1.1 Purpose. The Employer hereby establishes this Plan to provide
retirement, death and disability benefits for eligible employees and their
Beneficiaries. This Plan is a standardized prototype paired defined
contribution plan and is designed to permit adoption of profit sharing
provisions, money purchase pension provisions, or both. The provisions
herein and the selections made by the Employer by execution of the money
purchase pension or profit sharing Adoption Agreement or Agreements, shall
constitute the Plan. It is intended that the Plan and Trust qualify under
sections 401 and 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and
that it comply with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.2 Trust. The Employer has simultaneously adopted a Trust to
receive, invest, and distribute funds in accordance with the Plan.

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS

2.1 Account. The aggregate of the individual bookkeeping
subaccounts established for each Participant, as provided in section 5.1.

2.2 Adoption_Agreement. The written agreement or agreements of
the Employer and the Trustee by which the Employer establishes this Plan
and adopts the Trust Agreement forming a part hereof, as the same may be
amended from time to time. The Adoption Agreement contains all the
options that may be selected by the Employer. The information set forth
in the Adoption Agreement executed by the Employer shall be deemed to be
a part of this Plan as if set forth in full herein.

2.3 Affiliated_Employers. The Employer and any corporation which
is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in section

-1-
<PAGE>

414(b) of the Code) which includes the Employer, any trade or business
(whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined
in section 414(c) of the Code) with the Employer, or any service
organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an
affiliated service group (as defined in sections 414(m) and (o) of the
Code) which includes the Employer.

2.4 Beneficiary. The person or persons (natural or otherwise)
designated by a Participant in accordance with section 11.6 to receive any
undistributed amounts credited to the Participant's Account under the Plan
at the time of the Participant's death.

2.5 Break_in_Service. An Eligibility Computation Period or
Vesting Computation Period in which an Employee fails to complete more
than five hundred (500) Hours of Service.

2.6 Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time, or any successor statute.

2.7 Compensation.

(a) Compensation will mean all of each Participant's W-2
earnings.

(b) For any self-employed individual covered under the Plan,
Compensation will mean Earned Income.

(d) Notwithstanding the above, if elected by the Employer
in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall include any amount which is
contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and
which is not includable in the gross income of the Employee under sections
125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code. The effective date of this
subsection shall be elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

(e) The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into

-2-
<PAGE>

account under the Plan for any year shall not exceed two hundred thousand
dollars ($200,000), as adjusted by the Secretary at the same time and in
the same manner as under section 415(d) of the Code. In determining the
Compensation of a Participant for purposes of this limitation, the rules
of section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except in applying such
rules, the term "family" shall include only the Spouse of the Participant
and any lineal descendants of the Participant who have not attained age
nineteen (19) before the close of the year. If, as a result of the
application of such rules, the adjusted two hundred thousand dollar
($200,000) limitation is exceeded, then (except for purposes of
determining the portion of Compensation up to the Integration Level to the
extent this Plan provides for permitted disparity), the limitation shall
be prorated among the affected individuals in proportion to each such
individual's Compensation as determined under this section prior to the
application of this limitation.

(f) The effective date of this subsection shall be the
first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1989.

2.8 Custodian. The custodian, if any, designated in the Adoption
Agreement.

2.9 Determination_Date. With respect to any Plan Year subsequent
to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the
first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that Plan Year.

2.10 Early_Retirement_Date. The first day of the month coincident
with or next following the date upon which the Participant satisfies the
early retirement age and service requirements in the Adoption Agreement;
provided, however, such requirements may not be less than age fifty- five
(55), nor more than fifteen (15) Years of Service.

2.11 Earned_Income. The net earnings from self- employment in the
trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established, for which
personal services of the individual are a material income-producing
factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not
included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net
earnings are reduced by contributions to a qualified plan to the extent
deductible under section 404 of the Code. Net earnings shall be
determined with regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by section
164(f) of the Code for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.

2.12 Effective_Date. The first day of the first Plan Year for
which the Plan is effective as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

2.13 Eligibility_Computation_Period. For purposes of determining
Years of Service and Breaks in Service for eligibility to participate, the
initial Eligibility Computation Period shall be the twelve (12)
consecutive month period beginning with the day the Employee first
performs an Hour of Service for the Employer (employment commencement
date). The succeeding twelve (12) consecutive month periods commence with
the first anniversary of the Employee's employment commencement date.

-3-
<PAGE>

2.14 Employee. Any person, including a Self-Employed Individual,
who is employed by the Employer maintaining the Plan or any other employer
required to be aggregated with such Employer under sections 414(b), (c),
(m) or (o) of the Code. The term "Employee" shall also include any Leased
Employee deemed to be an Employee of any Employer described above as
provided in sections 414(n) or (o) of the Code.

2.15 Employer. The corporation, proprietorship, partnership or
other organization that adopts the Plan by execution of an Adoption
Agreement.

2.16 Employer_Contributions. The contribution of the Employer to
the Plan and Trust as set forth in section 4.1 and the Adoption Agreement.

2.17 Entry_Dates. The Effective Date shall be the first Entry
Date. Thereafter, the Entry Dates shall be the first day of each Plan
Year and the first day of the seventh month of each Plan Year.

2.18 ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended.

2.19 Hour_of_Service.

(a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. These hours
shall be credited to the Employee only for the computation period or
periods in which the duties are performed; and

(b) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no
duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship
has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence. No
more than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service shall be credited under
this paragraph to an Employee on account of any single, continuous period
during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period
occurs in a single computation period). Hours under this paragraph will
be calculated and credited pursuant to section 2530.200b-2 of the
Department of Labor regulations which are incorporated herein by this
reference.
-4-
<PAGE>

(c) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation
of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same
Hours of Service shall not be credited both under paragraph (a) or
paragraph (b), as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These
hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or
periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the
computation period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made.

(d) Solely for purposes of determining whether an Employee
has a Break in Service, Hours of Service shall also include an
uncompensated authorized leave of absence not in excess of two (2) years,
or military leave while the Employee's reemployment rights are protected
by law or such additional or other periods as granted by the Employer as
military leave (credited on the basis of forty (40) Hours of Service per
each week or eight (8) Hours of Service per working day), provided the
Employee returns to employment at the end of his leave of absence or
within ninety (90) days of the end of his military leave, whichever is
applicable.

(e) Hours of Service will be credited for employment with
other members of an affiliated service group (under section 414(m)), a
controlled group of corporations (under section 414(b)), or a group of
trades or businesses under common control (under section 414(c)) of which
the adopting Employer is a member, and any other entity required to be
aggregated with the Employer pursuant to section 414(o) and the
regulations thereunder. Hours of Service will also be credited for any
individual considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under section
414(n) or section 414(o) and the regulations thereunder.

(f) Solely for purposes of determining whether an Employee
has a Break in Service, Hours of Service shall also include absence from
work for maternity or paternity reasons, if the absence begins on or after
the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after 1984. During this
absence, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which
would have been credited but for the absence, or, if such hours cannot be
determined with eight (8) hours per day. An absence from work for
maternity or paternity reasons means an absence:

-5-
<PAGE>

(i) by reason of the pregnancy of an Employee;

(ii) by reason of the birth of a child of the
Employee;

(iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the
Employee in connection with adoption; or

(iv) for purposes of caring for such a child for a
period immediately following such birth or placement.

These Hours of Service shall be credited in the computation period
following the computation period in which the absence begins, except as
necessary to prevent a Break in Service in the computation period in which
the absence begins. However, no more than five hundred one (501) Hours
of Service will be credited for purposes of any such maternity or
paternity absence from work.

(g) The Employer may elect to compute Hours of Service by
the use of one of the service equivalencies in the Adoption Agreement.
Only one method may be selected. If selected, the service equivalency
must be applied to all Employees covered under the Plan.

(h) If the Employer amends the method of crediting service
from the elapsed time method described in section 1.410(a)-7 of the
Treasury regulations to the Hours of Service computation method by the
adoption of this Plan, or an Employee transfers from a plan under which
service is determined on the basis of elapsed time, the following rules
shall apply for purposes of determining the Employee's service under this
Plan up to the time of amendment or transfer:

(i) the Employee shall receive credit, as of the date
of amendment or transfer, for a number of Years of Service equal to the
number of one (1) year periods of service credited to the Employee as of
the date of the amendment or transfer; and

-6-
<PAGE>

(ii) the Employee shall receive credit in the
applicable computation period which includes the date of amendment or
transfer, for a number of Hours of Service determined by applying the
weekly service equivalency specified in paragraph (g) to any fractional
part of a year credited to the Employee under this paragraph (h) as of the
date of amendment or transfer. The use of the weekly service equivalency
shall apply to all Employees who formerly were credited with service under
the elapsed time method.

2.20 Integration_Level. The Taxable Wage Base or such lesser
amount elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

2.21 Key_Employee.

(a) Any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries
of such Employee) who at any time during the determination period was an
officer of the Employer if such individual's annual Compensation exceeds
fifty percent (50%) of the dollar limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A)
of the Code; an owner (or considered an owner under section 318 of the
Code) of one of the ten (10) largest interests in the Employer if such
individual's Compensation exceeds one hundred percent (100%) of the dollar
limitation under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code; a Five Percent (5%)
Owner of the Employer; or a one percent (1%) owner of the Employer who has
annual Compensation of more than one hundred fifty thousand dollars
($150,000).

(b) For purposes of this section, annual Compensation means
compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including
amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction
agreement which are excludable from the Employee's gross income under
sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.

(c) For purposes of this section, determination period is
the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the four (4) preceding
Plan Years.

2.22 Leased_Employee.

(a) Any person (other than an Employee of any of the
Affiliated Employers) who, pursuant to an agreement between any of the
Affiliated Employers and any other person ("leasing organization"), has
performed service for any of the Affiliated Employers (or for any of the
Affiliated Employers and related persons determined in accordance with
section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a
period of at least one (1) year and such services are of a type
historically performed by employees in the Affiliated Employer's business
field. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the

-7-
<PAGE>

leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the
Affiliated Employer shall be treated as provided by the Affiliated
Employer.

(b) A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee
of an Affiliated Employer if:

(i) such employee is covered by a money purchase
pension plan providing:

(1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate
of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation (as defined in section
415(c)(3) of the Code), but including amounts contributed pursuant to a
salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the employee's gross
income under sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code;

(2) immediate participation; and

(3) full and immediate vesting.

and

(ii) Leased Employees do not constitute more than
twenty percent (20%) of the Affiliated Employer's non-Highly-Compensated
workforce.

2.23 Maximum_Disparity_Rate. The lesser of:

(a) five and seven-tenths percent (5.7%);

(b) the applicable percentage determined in accordance with
the table below:
-8-
<PAGE>

If the Integration Level is

The Applicable
More_Than But_Not_More_Than Percentage_Is:

$0 X */ 5.7%
X of TWB 80% of TWB 4.3%
80% of TWB Y **/ 5.4%

*/ X = the greater of $10,000 or 20% of the Taxable Wage Base.

**/ Y = any amount more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base but less than
100% of the Taxable Wage Base.

"TWB" means the Taxable Wage Base.

If the Integration Level used is equal to the Taxable Wage Base, the
applicable percentage is five and seven-tenths percent (5.7%).

2.24 Maximum_Profit_Sharing_Disparity_Rate. The lesser of:

(a) two and seven-tenths percent (2.7%);

(b) the applicable percentage determined in accordance with
the table below:

If the Integration Level is

The Applicable
More_Than But_Not_More_Than Percentage_Is:

$0 X */ 2.7%
X of TWB 80% of TWB 1.3%
80% of TWB Y **/ 2.4%

*/ X = the greater of $10,000 or 20% of the Taxable Wage Base.

**/ Y = any amount more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base but less than
100% of the Taxable Wage Base.

"TWB" means the Taxable Wage Base.

If the Integration Level used is equal to the Taxable Wage Base, the
applicable percentage is two and seven-tenths percent (2.7%).

2.25 Non-Key_Employee. Any Employee or former Employee who is not
a Key Employee. In addition, any Beneficiary of a Non-Key Employee shall
be treated as a Non- Key Employee.

2.26 Normal_Retirement_Age. The age selected in the Adoption
Agreement, but not less than age fifty-five (55). If the Employer
enforces a mandatory retirement age, the Normal Retirement Age is the
lesser of that mandatory age or the age specified in the Adoption
Agreement.

2.27 Owner-Employee. An individual who is a sole proprietor, or
who is a partner owning more than ten percent (10%) of either the capital
or profits interest of a partnership.

-9-
<PAGE>

2.28 Participant. A person who has met the eligibility
requirements of section 3.1 and whose Account hereunder has been neither
completely forfeited nor completely distributed.

2.29 Plan. The prototype paired defined contribution profit
sharing and money purchase pension plan provided under this basic plan
document. References to the Plan shall refer to the profit sharing
provisions, the money purchase pension provisions, or both, as the context
may require.

2.30 Plan_Administrator. The person, persons or entity appointed
by the Employer pursuant to ARTICLE 15 to manage and administer the Plan.

2.31 Plan_Year. The twelve (12) consecutive month period
designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

2.32 Self-Employed_Individual. An individual who has Earned Income
for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is
established, or an individual who would have had Earned Income for the
taxable year but for the fact that the trade or business had no net
profits for the taxable year.

2.33 Shares. Shares of stock in any regulated investment company
registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that are made
available for investment purposes as an investment option under this Plan.

2.34 Sponsor. The sponsor designated in the Adoption Agreement
which has made this Plan available to the Employer.

2.35 Taxable_Wage_Base. The maximum amount of earnings which may
be considered wages for a year under section 3121(a)(1) of the Code in
effect as of the beginning of the Plan Year.

2.36 Total_and_Permanent_Disability. The inability of the
Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any
medically determinable physical or mental impairment, which condition, in
the opinion of a physician chosen by the Plan Administrator, can be
expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last
for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

-10-
<PAGE>

2.37 Trust. The fund maintained by the Trustee for the investment
of Plan assets in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Trust
Agreement.

2.38 Trust_Agreement. The agreement between the Employer and the
Trustee under which the assets of the Plan are held, administered, and
managed. The provisions of the Trust Agreement shall be considered an
integral part of this Plan as if set forth fully herein.

2.39 Trustee. The individual or corporate Trustee or Trustees
under the Trust Agreement as they may be constituted from time to time.

2.40 Valuation_Date. The last day of each Plan Year and such other
dates as may be determined by the Plan Administrator, as provided in
section 5.6 for valuing the Trust assets.

2.41 Vesting_Computation_Period. The Plan Year.

2.42 Year_of_Service. An Eligibility Computation Period, Vesting
Computation Period, or Plan Year, whichever is applicable, during which
an Employee has completed at least one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service
(whether or not continuous). The Employer may, in the Adoption Agreement,
specify a fewer number of hours.

ARTICLE 3
ELIGIBILITY AND YEARS OF SERVICE

3.1 Eligibility_Requirements.

(a) Each Employee of the Affiliated Employers shall become
a Participant in the Plan as of the first Entry Date after the date on
which the Employee has satisfied the minimum age and service requirements
specified in the Adoption Agreement.

-11-
<PAGE>

(b) The Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to
exclude from participation:

(i) Employees included in a unit of employees covered
by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee
representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
bargaining. For this purpose, the term "Employee representatives" does
not include any organization more than half of whose members are Employees
who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer; and

(ii) nonresident aliens who receive no earned income
from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United
States.

3.2 Participation_and_Service_Upon_Reemployment. Upon the
reemployment of any Employee, the following rules shall determine his
eligibility to participate in the Plan and his credit for prior service.

(a) Participation. If the reemployed Employee was a
Participant in the Plan during his prior period of employment, he shall
be eligible upon reemployment to resume participation in the Plan. If the
reemployed Employee was not a Participant in the Plan, he shall be
considered a new Employee and required to meet the requirements of section
3.1 in order to be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the
reinstatement of credit for prior service under paragraph (b) below.

(b) Credit_for_Prior_Service. In the case of any Employee
who is reemployed before or after incurring a Break in Service, any Hour
of Service and Year of Service credited to the Employee at the end of his
prior period of employment shall be reinstated as of the date of his
reemployment.

3.3 Predecessor_Employers. If specified in the Adoption
Agreement, Years of Service with a predecessor employer will be treated
as service for the Employer for eligibility purposes; provided, however,
if the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, Years of
Service with such employer will be treated as service with the Employer
without regard to any election.

-12-

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 4
CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 Employer_Contributions.

(a) Money_Purchase_Pension_Contributions. For each Plan
Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust an amount equal to such
uniform percentage of Compensation of each eligible Participant as may be
determined by the Employer in accordance with the money purchase pension
contribution formula specified in the Adoption Agreement. Subject to the
limitations of section 5.4, the money purchase pension contribution
formula may be integrated with Social Security, as set forth in the
Adoption Agreement.

(b) Profit_Sharing_Contribution. For each Plan Year, the
Employer shall contribute to the Trust an amount as may be determined by
the Employer in accordance with the profit sharing formula set forth in
the Adoption Agreement.

(c) Eligible_Participants. Subject to the Minimum
Allocation rules of section 5.2 and the exclusions specified in this
section, each Participant shall be eligible to share in the Employer
Contribution. An Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement that
Participants who terminate employment during the Plan Year with not more
than five hundred (500) Hours of Service and who are not Employees as of
the last day of the Plan Year (other than Participants who die, retire or
become totally and Permanently Disabled during the Plan Year) shall not
be eligible to share in the Employer Contribution. An Employer may
further elect in the Adoption Agreement to allocate a contribution on
behalf of a Participant who completes fewer than five hundred (500) Hours
of Service and is otherwise ineligible to share in the Employer
Contribution. If the Employer fails to specify in the Adoption Agreement
the number of Hours of Service required to share in the Employer
Contribution, the number shall be five hundred (500) Hours of Service.

(d) Contribution_Limitation. In no event shall any Employer
Contribution exceed the maximum amount deductible from the Employer's
income under section 404 of the Code, or the maximum limitations under
section 415 of the Code provided in ARTICLE 6.

4.2 Payment. All Employer Contributions to the Trust for any Plan
Year shall be made either in one lump-sum or in installments in U.S.
currency, by check, or in Shares within the time prescribed by law,
including extensions granted by the Internal Revenue Service, for filing
the Employer's federal income tax return for the taxable year with or
within which such Plan Year ends. All Employer Contributions to the Trust
for a money purchase pension plan for any Plan Year shall be made within
the time prescribed by regulations under section 412(c)(10) of the Code.

-13-

<PAGE>

4.3 Nondeductible_Voluntary_Contributions_by_Partici pants.

(a) This Plan will not accept nondeductible Employee
contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in which this
Plan is adopted by the Employer. Employee contributions made with respect
to Plan years beginning after December 31, 1986 will be limited so as to
meet the nondiscrimination test of section 401(m).

(b) A separate account shall be maintained by the Trustee
for the nondeductible Employee contributions of each Participant.

(d) The provisions of this section shall apply to Employee
contributions made prior to the first Plan Year after the Plan Year in
which the Employer adopts this Plan.

4.4 Rollovers.

(a) Subject to the approval of the Plan Administrator, a
participant who has participated in any other qualified plan described in
section 401(a) of the Code or in a qualified annuity plan described in
section 403(a) of the Code shall be permitted to make a rollover
contribution in the form of cash to the Trustee of an amount received by
the Participant that is attributable to participation in such other plan
(reduced by any nondeductible voluntary contributions he made to the
plan), provided that the rollover contribution complies with all
requirements of sections 402(a)(5) or 403(a)(4) of the Code, whichever is
applicable.

(b) Before approving such a Participant rollover, the Plan
Administrator may request from the Participant or the Employer any
documents which the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, deems necessary
for such rollover.

(c) Any rollover contribution to the Trust shall be credited
to the Participant's rollover subaccount established under section 5.1 and
separately accounted for.

4.5 Direct_Transfers.

(a) The Plan shall accept a transfer of assets directly from
another plan qualified under sections 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code only
if the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, agrees to accept such
a transfer. In determining whether to accept such a transfer the Plan
Administrator shall consider the administrative inconvenience engendered
by such a transfer and any risks to the continued qualification of the
Plan under section 401(a) of the Code. Acceptance of any such transfer
shall not preclude the Plan Administrator from refusing any subsequent
such transfers.

-14-

<PAGE>

(b) Any transfer of assets accepted under this section shall
be credited to the Participant's direct transfer subaccount and shall be
separately accounted for at all times and shall remain subject to the
provisions of the transferor plan (as it existed at the time of such
transfer) to the extent required by section 411(d)(6) of the Code
(including, but not limited to, any rights to Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuities and qualified preretirement survivor annuities) as if such
provisions were part of the Plan. In all other respects, however, such
transferred assets will be subject to the provisions of the Plan.

(d) Before approving such a direct transfer, the Plan
Administrator may request from the Participant or the Employer (or the
prior employer) any documents the Plan Administrator, in its discretion,
deems necessary for such direct transfer.

ARTICLE 5
ALLOCATIONS

5.1 Individual_Accounts. The Plan Administrator shall establish
and maintain an Account in the name of each Participant. The Account
shall contain the following subaccounts:

(a) A money purchase pension contribution subaccount to
which shall be credited each such Participant's share of (i) Employer
Contributions under section 4.1(a); (ii) the net earnings or net losses
on the investment of the assets of the Trust; (iii) distributions; and
(iv) dividends, capital gain distributions and other earnings received on
any Shares credited to the Participant's subaccount;

(b) A profit sharing contribution subaccount to which shall
be credited each such Participant's share of (i) Employer Contributions
under section 4.1(b); (ii) forfeitures; (iii) the net earnings or net
losses on the investment of the assets of the trust; (iv) distributions;
and (v) dividends, capital gain distributions and other earnings received
on any Shares credited to the Participant's subaccount;

-15-

<PAGE>

(c) A nondeductible voluntary contribution subaccount to
which shall be credited (i) nondeductible voluntary contributions by the
Participant under section 4.3; (ii) the net earnings or net losses on the
investment of the assets of the Trust; (iii) distributions; and
(iv) dividends, capital gain distributions and other earnings received on
any Shares credited to the Participant's subaccount;

(d) A direct transfer subaccount to which shall be credited
(i) contributions to the Trust accepted under section 4.5(a); (ii) the net
earnings or net losses on the investment of the assets of the Trust;
(iii) distributions; and (iv) dividends, capital gain distributions and
other earnings received on any Shares credited to the Participant's
subaccount;

(e) A rollover subaccount to which shall be credited
(i) contributions to the Trust accepted under section 4.4(a); (ii) the net
earnings or net losses on the investment of the assets of the Trust;
(iii) distributions; and (iv) dividends, capital gain distributions and
other earnings received on any Shares credited to the Participant's
subaccount.

5.2 Minimum_Allocation.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the
Employer Contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any
Participant who is not a Key Employee shall not be less than the lesser
of three percent (3%) of such Participant's Compensation or in the case
where the Employer has no defined benefit plan which designates this Plan
to satisfy section 401 of the Code, the largest percentage of Employer
Contributions and forfeitures, as a percentage of the first two hundred
thousand dollars ($200,000) of the Key Employee's Compensation, allocated
on behalf of any Key Employee for that year. The minimum allocation is
determined without regard to any Social Security contribution. This
minimum allocation shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions,
the Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation,
or would have received a lesser allocation for the year because of (i) the
Participant's failure to complete one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service
(or any equivalent provided in the Plan); or (ii) the Participant's
failure to make mandatory Employee contributions to the Plan; or
(iii) Compensation less than a stated amount. For purposes of this
subsection, all defined contribution plans required to be included in an
aggregation group under section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) shall be treated as a
single plan.

-16-

<PAGE>

(b) For purposes of computing the minimum allocation,
Compensation shall mean Compensation as defined in section 6.5(b) of the
Plan.

(c) The provision in subsection (a) above shall not apply
to any Participant who was not employed by the Employer on the last day
of the Plan Year.

(d) The provision in subsection (a) above shall not apply
to any Participant to the extent the Participant is covered under any
other plan or plans of the Employer and the Employer has provided in the
Adoption Agreement that the minimum allocation or benefit requirement
applicable to top-heavy plans will be met in the other plan or plans.

(e) The minimum allocation required (to the extent required
to be nonforfeitable under section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under
section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

5.3 Allocation_of_Employer_Contributions_and_Forfeitures.

(a) All money purchase pension contributions for a given
Plan Year shall be allocated to the Account of the Participant for whom
such contribution was made. Any forfeiture from a Participant's money
purchase pension contribution subaccount arising under the Plan for a
given Plan Year shall be applied as specified in the Adoption Agreement,
either: (i) to reduce the Employer Contribution in that year, or if in
excess of the Employer Contribution for such Plan Year, the excess amounts
shall be used to reduce the Employer Contribution in the next succeeding
Plan Year or Years or (ii) to be added to the Employer Contributions and
allocated accordingly.

(b) All profit sharing contributions and forfeitures from
a Participant's profit sharing contribution subaccount will be allocated
to the Account of each Participant in the ratio that such Participant's
Compensation bears to the Compensation of all Participants. However, if
the profit sharing contribution formula selected in the Adoption
Agreement is integrated with Social Security, profit sharing contributions
for the Plan Year plus any forfeitures will be allocated to Participants'
Accounts as follows:

-17-

<PAGE>

(i) Step_One. Contributions and forfeitures will be
allocated to each Participant's Account in the ratio that each
Participant's total Compensation bears to all Participants' total
Compensation, but not in excess of three percent (3%) of each
Participant's Compensation. (Step One is not applicable if the Employer
enters into the money purchase pension Adoption Agreement).

(ii) Step_Two. Any contributions and forfeitures
remaining after the allocation in Step One (if any) will be allocated to
each Participant's Account in the ratio that each Participant's
Compensation for the Plan Year in excess of the Integration Level bears
to the excess Compensation of all Participants, but not in excess of three
percent (3%). (Step Two is not applicable if the Employer enters into the
money purchase pension Adoption Agreement).

(iii) Step_Three. Any contributions and forfeitures
remaining after the allocation in Step Two (if any) will be allocated to
each Participant's Account in the ratio that the sum of each Participant's
total Compensation and Compensation in excess of the Integration Level
bears to the sum of all Participants' total Compensation and Compensation
in excess of the Integration Level, but not in excess of whichever of the
following is applicable:

(i) if the Employer has not adopted the money
purchase pension Adoption Agreement, then the Maximum Profit Sharing
Disparity Rate; or

(ii) If the Employer has adopted the money purchase
pension Adoption Agreement, then the lesser of:

(1) the percentage of each Participant's
Compensation for the Plan Year up to the Integration Level determined by
dividing the allocation by such Compensation (the base contribution
percentage); or

(2) the Maximum Disparity Rate.

(iv) Step_Four. Any remaining contributions or
forfeitures will be allocated to each Participant's Account in the ratio
that each Participant's total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to all
Participants' total Compensation for that year.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in (a) or (b) above to the
contrary, forfeitures arising under a Participant's money purchase pension
contribution subaccount will only be used to reduce the contributions of
the Participant's Employer who adopted this Plan, and forfeitures arising
under a Participant's profit sharing contribution subaccount will be
reallocated only for the benefit of Employees of the Participant's
Employer who adopted this Plan.

-18-

<PAGE>

5.4 Coordination_of_Social_Security_Integration. If the Employer
maintains plans involving integration with Social Security other than this
Plan, and if any Participant is eligible to participate in more than one
of such plans, all such plans will be considered to be integrated if the
extent of the integration of all such plans does not exceed one hundred
percent (100%). For purposes of the preceding sentence, the extent of
integration of a plan is the ratio (expressed as a percentage) which the
actual benefits, benefit rate, offset rate, or Employer Contribution rate
under the plan bears to the integration limitation applicable to such
plan. If the Employer enters into both the money purchase pension
Adoption Agreement and the profit sharing Adoption Agreement under this
Plan, integration with Social Security may only be selected in one Adop-

tion Agreement.

5.5 Withdrawals_and_Distributions. Any distribution to a
Participant or his Beneficiary, any amount transferred from a
Participant's Account directly to the Trustee of any other qualified plan
described in section 401(a) of the Code or to a qualified annuity plan
described in section 403(a) of the Code, or any withdrawal by a
Participant shall be charged to the appropriate subaccount(s) of the
Participant as of the date of the distribution or the withdrawal.

5.6 Determination_of_Value_of_Trust_Fund_and_of_Net
Earnings_or_Losses. As of each Valuation Date the Trustee shall determine
for the period then ended the sum of the net earnings or losses of the
Trust (excluding with respect to Shares and other assets specifically
allocated to a specific Participant's subaccount, (i) dividends and
capital gain distributions from Shares, (ii) receipts or income
attributable to insurance policies, (iii) income gains and/or losses
attributable to a Participant's loans made pursuant to ARTICLE 13 or to
any other assets) which shall reflect accrued but unpaid interest,
dividends, gains, or losses realized from the sale, exchange or collection
of assets, other income received, appreciation in the fair market value
of assets, depreciation in the fair market value of assets, administration
expenses, and taxes and other expenses paid. Gains or losses realized and
adjustments for appreciation or depreciation in fair market value shall
be computed with respect to the difference between such value as of the
preceding Valuation Date or date of purchase, whichever is applicable, and
the value as of the date of disposition or the current Valuation Date,
whichever is applicable.

-19-

<PAGE>

5.7 Allocation_of_Net_Earnings_or_Losses.

(a) As of each Valuation Date the net earnings or losses of
the Trust (excluding with respect to Shares and other assets specifically
allocated to a specific Participant's subaccount, (i) dividends and
capital gain distributions from Shares, (ii) dividends or credits
attributable to insurance policies, (iii) income gains and/or losses
attributable to a Participant's loans made pursuant to ARTICLE 13 or to
any other assets, all of which shall be allocated to such Participant's
subaccount) for the valuation period then ending shall be allocated to the
Accounts of all Participants (or Beneficiaries) having credits in the fund
both on such date and at the beginning of such valuation period. Such
allocation shall be made by the application of a fraction, the numerator
of which is the value of the Account of a specific Participant (or
Beneficiary) as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date, reduced by
any distributions therefrom since such preceding Valuation Date, and the
denominator of which is the total value of all such Accounts as of the
preceding Valuation Date, reduced by any distributions therefrom since
such preceding Valuation Date.

(b) To the extent that Shares and other assets are
specifically allocated to a specific Participant's subaccount:
(i) dividends and capital gain distributions from Shares; (ii) dividends
or credits attributable to insurance policies; and (iii) income gains
and/or losses attributable to a Participant's loans made pursuant to
ARTICLE 13 or to any other assets, all shall be allocated to such Partici-
pant's subaccount.

-20-

<PAGE>

5.8 Responsibilities_of_the_Plan_Administrator. The Plan
Administrator shall maintain accurate records with respect to the
contributions made by or on behalf of Participants under the Plan, and
shall furnish the Trustee with written instructions directing the Trustee
to allocate all Plan contributions to the Trust among the separate
Accounts of Participants in accordance with section 5.1 above. In making
any such allocation, the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on the
instructions furnished by the Plan Administrator, and shall be under no
duty to make any inquiry or investigation with respect thereto.

ARTICLE 6
LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS

6.1 Employers_Who_Do_Not_Maintain_Other_Qualified Plans.

(a) If the Participant does not participate in, and has
never participated in another qualified plan or a welfare benefit fund,
as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the Employer, or
an individual medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the
Code, maintained by the Employer, which provides an Annual Addition as
defined in section 6.5(a), the amount of Annual Additions that may be
credited to the Participant's Account for any Limitation Year will not
exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other
limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer Contribution that
would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account
would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the
Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be
reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal
the Maximum Permissible Amount.

(b) Prior to determining the Participant's actual
Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the
Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable
estimation of the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year,
uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.

(c) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end
of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation
Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual
Compensation for the Limitation Year.

(d) If, pursuant to subsection (c) or as a result of the
allocation of forfeitures, there is an Excess Amount the excess will be
disposed of as follows:

(i) Any nondeductible voluntary Employee
contributions, to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be
returned to the Participant;

(ii) If after the application of paragraph (i) an
Excess Amount still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at
the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount in the Participant's
Account will be used to reduce Employer Contributions (including any
allocation of forfeitures) for such Participant in the next Limitation
Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

-21-

<PAGE>

(iii) If after the application of paragraph (i) an
Excess Amount still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan
at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be held
unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied
to reduce future Employer Contributions (including allocation of any
forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year,
and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

(iv) If a suspense account is in existence at any time
during the Limitation Year pursuant to this section, it will not
participate in the allocation of the Trust's investment gains and losses.
If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular
Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated and
reallocated to Participants' Accounts before any Employer or any Employee
contributions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year. Excess
amounts may not be distributed to Participants or former Participants.

6.2 Employers_Who_Maintain_Other_Qualified_Master_or
Prototype_Defined_Contribution_Plans.

(a) This section applies if, in addition to this Plan, the
Participant is covered under another qualified master or prototype defined
contribution plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund, as
defined in section 419(e) of the Code maintained by the Employer or an
individual medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
maintained by the Employer which provides an Annual Addition as defined
in section 6.5(a), during any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions that
may be credited to a Participant's Account under this Plan for any such
Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by
the Annual Additions credited to a Participant's Account under the other
plans and welfare benefit funds for the same Limitation Year. If the
Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under other defined
contribution plans and welfare benefit funds maintained by the Employer
are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the Employer Contribution
that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's
Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the
Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or
allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such
plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible
Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under
such other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds in the
aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no
amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account under
this Plan for the Limitation Year.

-22-

<PAGE>

(b) Prior to determining the Participant's actual
Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the
Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant in the manner described in
section 6.1(b).

(d) If, pursuant to section 6.2(c), or as a result of the
allocation of forfeitures, a Participant's Annual Additions under this
Plan and such other plans would result in an Excess Amount for a
Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the Annual
Additions last allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to a
welfare benefit fund or individual medical account will be deemed to have
been allocated first regardless of the actual allocation date.

(e) If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on
an allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date
of another plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the
product of:

(i) the total Excess Amount allocated as of such
date, times

(ii) the ratio of (1) the Annual Additions allocated
to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan
to (2) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the
Limitation Year as of such date under this and all the other qualified
master or prototype defined contribution plans.

(f) Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be
disposed of in the manner described in section 6.1(d).

-23-

<PAGE>

6.3 Employers_Who,_In_Addition_to_this_Plan,_Maintain
Other_Qualified_Plans_Which_Are_Defined_Contribution_Plans
Other_than_Master_or_Prototype_Plans. If the Participant is covered under
another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer
which is not a Master or Prototype Plan, Annual Additions which may be
credited to the Participant's Account under this Plan for any Limitation
Year will be limited in accordance with section 6.2 as though the other
plan were a Master or Prototype Plan unless the Employer provides other
limitations in the Adoption Agreement.

6.4 Employers_Who,_In_Addition_to_This_Plan,_Maintain
A_Qualified_Defined_Benefit_Plan. If the Employer maintains, or at any
time maintained, a qualified defined benefit plan covering any Participant
in this Plan, the sum of the Participant's Defined Benefit Fraction and
Defined Contribution Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year.
The Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account
under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with
the Adoption Agreement.

6.5 Definitions. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, for
purposes of this ARTICLE only, the following definitions and rules of
interpretation shall apply:

(a) Annual_Additions. The sum of the following amounts
credited to a Participant's Account for the Limitation Year:

(i) Employer Contributions;

(ii) Employee contributions;

(iii) forfeitures; and

(iv) amounts allocated after March 31, 1984 to an
individual medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, are
treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan. Also, amounts
derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in
taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-
retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key
employee, as defined in section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a welfare
benefit fund, as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the
Employer, are treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan.

For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under sections 6.1(d) or
6.2(f) in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer Contributions will be
considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

-24-

<PAGE>

(b) Compensation. A Participant's earned income, wages,
salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received
for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with
the Employer maintaining the Plan (including, but not limited to,
commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a
percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips and
bonuses), and excluding the following:

(i) Employer contributions to a plan of deferred
compensation which are not includable in the Employee's gross income for
the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer Contributions under a
simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are
excluded from the Employee's gross income, or any distributions from a
plan of deferred compensation;

(ii) Amounts realized from the exercise of a
nonqualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by
the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject
to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

(iii) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

(iv) Other amounts which received special tax
benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a
salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described
in section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the amounts are actually
excludable from the gross income of the Employee).

For purposes of applying the limitations of this
ARTICLE, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually
paid or includable in gross income during such year.

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Compensation for
a Participant in a defined contribution plan who is Totally and
Permanently Disabled (as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code) is the
Compensation such Participant would have received for the Limitation Year
if the Participant had been paid at the rate of Compensation paid
immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled; such imputed
Compensation for the disabled Participant may be taken into account only
if the Participant is not a Highly-Compensated Employee (as defined in
section 414(q) of the Code), and contributions made on behalf of such
Participant are nonforfeitable when made.

-25-

<PAGE>

(c) Defined_Benefit_Fraction. A fraction, the numerator of
which is the sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefits under all
the defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the
Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of one hundred
percent (100%) of the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year
under sections 415(b) and (d) of the Code or one hundred forty percent
(140%) of highest average compensation, including any adjustments under
section 415(b) of the Code.

Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a
Participant as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning
after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained
by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator
of this fraction will not be less than one hundred twenty-five percent
(125%) of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans which the
Participant had accrued as of the close of the last Limitation Year
beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms
and conditions of the Plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence
applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the
aggregate satisfied the requirements of section 415 of the Code for all
Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.

(d) Defined_Contribution_Dollar_Limitation. Thirty thousand
dollars ($30,000) or, if greater, one- fourth (1/4) of the defined benefit
dollar limitation set forth in section 415(b)(1) of the Code as in effect
for the Limitation Year.

(e) Defined_Contribution_Fraction. A fraction, the
numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's
Account under all the defined contribution plans (whether or not
terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior
Limitation Years (including the Annual Additions attributable to the
Participant's nondeductible voluntary contributions to all defined benefit
plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer, and the
Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as defined in
section 419(e) of the Code and individual medical accounts, as defined in
section 415(l)(2) of the Code, maintained by the Employer), and the
denominator of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the
current and all prior Limitation Years of service with the Employer
(regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the
Employer). The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the
lesser of one hundred percent (100%) of the dollar limitation in effect
under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code or thirty-five percent (35%) of the
Participant's Compensation for such year.

-26-

<PAGE

If the Participant was a Participant as of the end of the
first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986,
in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which
were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be
adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the Defined Benefit Fraction
would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the
adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum
of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this fraction, will
be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The
adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as
of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987,
and disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan made
after May 5, 1986, but using the section 415 limitation applicable to the
first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987. The Annual
Addition for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, shall
not be recomputed to treat all Employee contributions as Annual Additions.

(f) Employer. For purposes of this ARTICLE, Employer shall
mean the employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled
group of corporations (as defined in section 414(b) of the Code as
modified by section 415(h) of the Code), all commonly controlled trades
or businesses (as defined in section 414(c) of the Code as modified by
section 415(h) of the Code), or affiliated service groups (as defined in
section 414(m) of the Code) of which the adopting Employer is a part and
any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to
regulations under section 414(o) of the Code.

(g) Excess_Amount. The excess of the Participant's Annual
Addition for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

(h) Highest_Average_Compensation. The average compensation
for the three consecutive Plan Years that produce the highest average.

(i) Limitation_Year. A Plan Year, or the twelve (12)
consecutive month period elected by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the
same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different
twelve (12) consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin
on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

-27-

<PAGE>

(j) Master_or_Prototype_Plan. A plan the form of which is
the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue
Service.

(k) Maximum_Permissible_Amount. The maximum Annual Addition
that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant's Account under the
Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of:

(a) the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation;

(b) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's
Compensation for the Limitation Year.

The Compensation limitation referred to in subsection (b)
shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the
meaning of section 401(h) or section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is
otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under section 415(l)(1) or section
419A(d)(2) of the Code.

If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment
changing the Limitation Year to a different twelve (12) consecutive month
period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined
Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the following fraction:

Number of Months in the Short Limitation Year
---------------------------------------------
12

(l) Projected_Annual_Benefit. The annual retirement benefit
(adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such
benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight life annuity or
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to which the Participant would be
entitled under the terms of the Plan assuming:

(i) the Participant will continue employment until
Normal Retirement Age under the Plan (or current age, if later), and

(ii) the Participant's Compensation for the current
Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits
under the Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years.

-28-

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 7
TRUST FUND

7.1 Receipt_of_Contributions_by_Trustee. All contributions to the
Trust that are received by the Trustee, together with any earnings
thereon, shall be held, managed and administered by the Trustee named in
the Adoption Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Trust Agreement and the Plan. The Trustee may use a Custodian designated
by the Sponsor to perform recordkeeping and custodial functions. The
Trustee shall be subject to the proper directions of the Employer or the
Plan Administrator made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and
ERISA.

7.2 Investment_Responsibility.

(a) If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to
exercise investment authority and responsibility, the selection of the
investments in which assets of the Trust are invested shall be the
responsibility of the Plan Administrator and each Participant will have
a ratable interest in all assets of the Trust.

(b) If the Adoption Agreement so provides and the Employer
elects to permit each Participant or Beneficiary to select the investments
in his Account, no person, including the Trustee and the Plan
Administrator, shall be liable for any loss or for any breach of fiduciary
duty which results from such Participant's or Beneficiary's exercise of
control.

(c) If the Adoption Agreement so provides and the Employer
elects to permit each Participant or Beneficiary to select the investments
in his Account, the Employer or the Plan Administrator must complete a
schedule of Participant designations.

(d) If Participants and Beneficiaries are permitted to
select the investment in their Accounts, all investment related expenses,
including administrative fees charged by brokerage houses, will be charged
against the Accounts of the Participants.

(e) The Plan Administrator may at any time change the
selection of investments in which the assets of the Trust are invested,
or subject to such reasonable restrictions as may be imposed by the
Sponsor for administrative convenience, may submit an amended schedule of
Participant designations. Such amended documents may provide for a
variance in the percentages of contributions to any particular investment
or a request that Shares in the Trust be reinvested in whole or in part
in other Shares.

-29-

<PAGE>

7.3 Investment_Limitations. The Sponsor may impose reasonable
investment limitations on the Employer and the Plan Administrator relating
to the type of permissible investments in the Trust or the minimum
percentage of Trust assets to be invested in Shares.

ARTICLE 8
VESTING

8.1 Nondeductible_Voluntary_Contributions_and Earnings. The
Participant's nondeductible voluntary contribution subaccount shall be
fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times and no forfeitures will occur
as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of nondeductible voluntary
contributions.

-30-

<PAGE>

8.2 Rollovers,_Transfers_and_Earnings. The Participant's rollover
subaccount and direct transfer subaccount shall be fully vested and
nonforfeitable at all times.

8.3 Employer_Contributions_and_Earnings. Notwithstanding the
vesting schedule elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the
Participant's money purchase pension contribution subaccount and profit
sharing contribution subaccount shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable
upon the Participant's death, disability, attainment of Normal Retirement
Age, or, if the Adoption Agreement provides for an Early Retirement Date,
attainment of the required age and completion of the required service.
In the absence of any of the preceding events, the Participant's money
purchase contribution subaccount and his profit sharing contribution
subaccount shall vest in accordance with a minimum vesting schedule
specified in the Adoption Agreement. The schedule must be at least as
favorable to Participants as either schedule (a) or (b) below.

(a) Graduated vesting according to the following schedule:

Years_of_Service Vested_Percentage

Less than 2 0%
2 but less than 3 20%
3 but less than 4 40%
4 but less than 5 60%
5 but less than 6 80%
6 or more 100%

(b) Full one hundred percent (100%) vesting after three (3)
Years of Service.

8.4 Amendments_to_Vesting_Schedule.

(a) If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan
is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation
of the Participant's nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed
amended by an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule,
each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service with the
Employer may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the
amendment or change, to have the nonforfeitable percentage computed under
the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. For any Participants
who do not have at least one (1) Hour of Service in any Plan Year
beginning after December 31, 1988, the preceding sentence shall be applied
by substituting "five (5) Years of Service" for "three (3) Years of
Service" where such language appears.

-31-

<PAGE>

(b) The period during which the election may be made shall
commence with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and
shall end on the latest of:

(i) sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted;

(ii) sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes
effective; or

(iii) sixty (60) days after the Participant is issued
written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

(c) No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the
extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued
benefit. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant's Account
balance may be reduced to the extent permitted under section 412(c)(8) of
the Code. For purposes of this paragraph, a Plan amendment which has the
effect of decreasing a Participant's Account balance or eliminating an
optional form of benefit, with respect to benefits attributable to service
before the amendment shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit.
Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of a Plan is amended, in the case of
an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such
amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable
percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee's right to his
Employer-derived accrued benefit will not be less than his percentage
computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.

8.5 Determination_of_Years_of_Service. For purposes of
determining the vested and nonforfeitable percentage of the Participant's
Employer Contribution subaccounts, all of the Participant's Years of
Service with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer shall be taken into
account. If specified in the Adoption Agreement, Years of Service with
a predecessor employer will be treated as service for the Employer;
provided, however, if the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor
employer, Years of Service with such predecessor employer will be treated
as service with the Employer without regard to any election.

-32-

<PAGE>

8.6 Forfeiture_of_Nonvested_Amounts.

(a) For Plan Years beginning before 1985, any portion of a
Participant's Account that is not vested shall be forfeited by him as of
the last day of the Plan Year in which a Break in Service occurs. For
Plan Years beginning after 1984, any portion of a Participant's Account
that is not vested shall be forfeited by him as of the last day of the
Plan Year in which his fifth consecutive Break in Service occurs. Any
amounts thus forfeited shall be reallocated as provided in ARTICLE 5 and
shall not be considered part of a Participant's Account in computing his
vested interest. The remaining portion of the Participant's Account will
be nonforfeitable.

(b) If a distribution is made at a time when a Participant
has a vested right to less than one hundred percent (100%) of the value
of the Participant's Account attributable to Employer Contributions and
forfeitures, as determined in accordance with the provisions of section
8.3, and the nonvested portion of the Participant's Account has not yet
been forfeited in accordance with paragraph (a) above:

(i) a separate remainder subaccount shall be
established for the Participant's interest in the Plan as of the time of
the distribution, and

(ii) at any relevant time the Participant's vested
portion of the separate remainder subaccount shall be equal to an amount
("X") determined by the following formula:

X = P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)

For purposes of applying the formula: P is the vested
percentage at the relevant time; AB is the Account balance at the relevant
time; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the
Account balance at the relevant time to the Account balance after
distribution.

8.7 Reinstatement_of_Benefit. If a benefit is forfeited because
a Participant or Beneficiary cannot be found, such benefit will be
reinstated if a claim is made by the Participant or Beneficiary.

-33-

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 9
JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

9.1 General. The provisions of this ARTICLE shall apply to any
Participant who is credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service with the
Employer on or after August 23, 1984, and such other Participants as
provided in section 9.7.

9.2 Qualified_Joint_and_Survivor_Annuity. Unless an optional form
of benefit is selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within the ninety
(90) day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date, a married
Participant's Vested Account Balance will be paid in the form of a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and an unmarried Participant's Vested
Account Balance will be paid in the form of a life annuity. The
Participant may elect to have such annuity distributed upon attainment of
the Earliest Retirement Age under the Plan.

9.3 Qualified_Preretirement_Survivor_Annuity. Unless an optional
form of benefit has been selected within the Election Period pursuant to
a Qualified Election, if a Participant dies before the Annuity Starting
Date, then the Participant's Vested Account Balance shall be applied
toward the purchase of an annuity for the life of the Surviving Spouse.
The Surviving Spouse may elect to have such annuity distributed within a
reasonable period after the Participant's death.

9.4 Definitions.

(a) Election_Period.

(i) The period which begins on the first day of the
Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-five (35) and ends
on the date of the Participant's death. If a Participant separates from
service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age thirty-five
(35) is attained, with respect to the Account balance as of the date of
separation, the Election Period shall begin on the date of separation.

-34-

<PAGE>

(ii) A Participant who has not yet attained age
thirty-five (35) as of the end of any current Plan Year may make a special
Qualified Election to waive the qualified preretirement survivor annuity
for the period beginning on the date of such election and ending on the
first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain age
thirty-five (35). Such election shall not be valid unless the Participant
receives a written explanation of the qualified preretirement survivor
annuity in such terms as are comparable to the explanation required under
section 9.5. Qualified preretirement survivor annuity coverage will be
automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the
Participant attains age thirty-five (35). Any new waiver on or after such
date shall be subject to the full requirements of this ARTICLE.

(b) Earliest_Retirement_Age. The earliest date on which,
under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement
benefits.

(i) A waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity. Any waiver of a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor
annuity shall not be effective unless:

(1) the Participant's Spouse consents in
writing to the election;

(2) the election designates a specific
Beneficiary, including any class of Beneficiaries or any contingent
Beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the
Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any
further spousal consent);

(3) the Spouse's consent acknowledges the
effect of the election; and

(4) the Spouse's consent is witnessed by a Plan
representative or notary public. Additionally, a Participant's waiver of
the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless the
election designates a form of benefit payment which may not be changed
without spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by
the participant without any further spousal consent). If it is
established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that there is no
Spouse or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a
Qualified Election.

-35-

<PAGE>

(ii) Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this
provision (or establishment that the consent of Spouse may not be
obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such Spouse. A consent
that permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of
further consent by such Spouse must acknowledge that the Spouse has the
right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of
benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to
relinquish either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior waiver
may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time
before the commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not
be limited. No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid
unless the Participant has received notice as provided in section 9.5.

(d) Qualified_Joint_and_Survivor_Annuity. An immediate
annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the
life of the Spouse which equals fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the
annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the
Spouse and which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the
Participant's Vested Account Balance.

(e) Spouse_(Surviving_Spouse). The Spouse or Surviving
Spouse of the Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated
as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse and a current Spouse will not be treated
as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified
domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.

(f) Annuity_Starting_Date. The first day of the first
period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

(g) Vested_Account_Balance. The aggregate value of the
Participant's Vested Account Balances derived from Employer and Employee
contributions (including rollovers and direct transfers), whether vested
before or upon death, including the proceeds of insurance contracts if
any, on the Participant's life. The provisions of this ARTICLE shall
apply to a Participant who is vested in amounts attributable to Employer
Contributions, Employee contributions (or both) at the time of death or
distribution.

9.5 Notice_Requirements.

(a) In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,
the Plan Administrator shall no less than thirty (30) days and no more
than ninety (90) days prior to the Annuity Starting Date, provide each
Participant a written explanation of:

(i) the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity;

(ii) the Participant's right to make and the effect
of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of
benefit;

(iii) the rights of a Participant's Spouse; and

(iv) the right to make, and the effect of, a
revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity.

-36-

<PAGE>

(b) In the case of a qualified preretirement survivor
annuity as described in section 9.3, the Plan Administrator shall provide
each Participant within the applicable period for such Participant a
written explanation of the qualified preretirement survivor annuity in
such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the explanation
provided for meeting the requirements of subsection (a) applicable to a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

(i) the period beginning with the first day of the
Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-two (32) and ending
with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the
Participant attains age thirty-five (35);

(ii) a reasonable period ending after the individual
becomes a Participant;

(iii) a reasonable period ending after subsection (e)
ceases to apply to the Participant;

(iv) a reasonable period ending after this ARTICLE
first applies to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice
must be provided within a reasonable period ending after separation from
service in the case of a Participant who separates from service before
attaining age thirty-five (35).

(d) For purposes of applying subsection (c), a reasonable
period ending after the enumerated events described above in subsections
(ii), (iii) and (iv) is the end of the two-year period beginning one (1)
year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one (1)
year after that date. In the case of a Participant who separates from
service before the Plan Year in which age thirty-five (35) is attained,
notice shall be provided within the two (2) year period beginning one (1)
year prior to separation and ending one (1) year after separation. If
such a participant thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the
applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined.

-37-

<PAGE>

(e) Notwithstanding the other requirements of this section,
the respective notices prescribed by this section need not be given to a
Participant if:

(i) the Plan "fully subsidizes" the cost of a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or qualified preretirement survivor
annuity; and

(ii) the Plan does not allow the Participant to waive
the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or qualified preretirement
survivor annuity and does not allow a married Participant to designate a
nonspouse Beneficiary.

For purposes of this subsection, a plan fully subsidizes the
costs of a benefit if no increase in cost, or decrease in benefits to the
Participant may result from the Participant's failure to elect another
benefit.

9.6 Safe_Harbor_Rules.

(a) This section shall apply to a Participant in a profit
sharing plan, and to any distribution, made on or after the first day of
the first Plan year beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a
separate account attributable solely to accumulated deductible Employee
contributions, as defined in section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code, and
maintained on behalf of a Participant in a money purchase pension plan
(including a target benefit plan) if the following conditions are
satisfied:

(i) the Participant does not or cannot elect payments
in the form of a life annuity; and

(ii) on the death of a Participant, the Participant's
Vested Account Balance will be paid to the Participant's Surviving Spouse,
but if there is no Surviving Spouse, or if the Surviving Spouse has
consented in a manner conforming to a Qualified Election, then to the
Participant's Designated Beneficiary.

(b) The Surviving Spouse may elect to have distribution of
the Vested Account Balance commence within the ninety (90) day period
following the date of the Participant's death. The Account balance shall
be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the Participant's death
in accordance with the provisions of the Plan governing the adjustment of
Account balances for other types of distributions.

-38-

<PAGE>

(c) This section shall not be operative with respect to a
Participant in a profit sharing plan if the plan is a direct or indirect
transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan, a target
benefit plan, stock bonus, or profit sharing plan which is subject to the
survivor annuity requirements of sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code.
If this section is operative, then the provisions of this ARTICLE, other
than section 9.7, shall be inoperative.

(d) The Participant may waive the spousal death benefit
described in this section at any time provided that no such waiver shall
be effective unless it satisfies the conditions of section 9.4(c) (other
than the notification requirement referred to therein) that would apply
to the Participant's waiver of the qualified preretirement survivor
annuity.

(e) For purposes of this section, Vested Account Balance
shall mean, in the case of a money purchase pension plan or a target
benefit plan, the Participant's separate Account balance attributable
solely to accumulated deductible Employee contributions within the meaning
of section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code. In the case of a profit sharing plan,
Vested Account Balance shall have the same meaning as provided in section
9.4(g).

9.7 Transitional_Rules.

(a) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed
by the previous sections of this ARTICLE must be given the opportunity to
elect to have the prior sections of this ARTICLE apply if such Participant
is credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service under this Plan or a
predecessor plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and
such Participant had at least ten (10) years of vesting service when he
or she separated from service.

(b) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service
under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after September 2, 1974, and
who is not otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning
on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have his or
her benefits paid in accordance with subsection (d).

-39-

<PAGE>

(c) The respective opportunities to elect (as described in
subsections (a) and (b) above) must be afforded to the appropriate
Participants during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending
on the date benefits would otherwise commence to said Participants.

(d) Any Participant who has elected pursuant to subsection
(b) and any Participant who does not elect under subsection (a) or who
meets the requirements of subsection (a) except that such Participant does
not have at least ten (10) years of vesting service when he or she
separates from service, shall have his or her benefits distributed in
accordance with all of the following requirements if benefits would have
been payable in the form of a life annuity:

(i) Automatic_Joint_and_Survivor_Annuity. If
benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married
Participant who:

(1) begins to receive payments under the Plan
on or after Normal Retirement Age; or

(2) dies on or after Normal Retirement Age
while still working for the Employer; or

(3) begins to receive payments on or after the
qualified early retirement age; or

(4) separates from service on or after
attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the qualified early retirement age)
and after satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of
benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive
such benefits;

then such benefits will be received under this Plan in the form of a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has elected
otherwise during the Election Period. The Election Period must begin at
least six (6) months before the Participant attains qualified early
retirement age and end not more than ninety (90) days before the
commencement of benefits. Any election hereunder will be in writing and
may be changed by the Participant at any time.

-40-

<PAGE>

(ii) Election_of_Early_Survivor_Annuity. A
Participant who is employed after attaining the qualified early retirement
age will be given the opportunity to elect, during the Election Period,
to have a survivor annuity payable on death. If the Participant elects
the survivor annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than
the payments which would have been made to the Spouse under the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired on the day
before his or her death. Any election under this provision will be in
writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. The Election
Period begins on the later of (1) the 90th day before the Participant
attains the qualified early retirement age; or (2) the date on which
participation begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates
employment.

(e) The following terms shall have the meanings specified
herein:

(i) Qualified_Early_Retirement_Age. The latest of:

(1) the earliest date, under the Plan, on which
the Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits;

(2) the first day of the 120th month beginning
before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age; or

(3) the date the Participant begins
participation.

(ii) Qualified_Joint_and_Survivor_Annuity. An annuity
for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of
the Spouse as described in section 9.4(d).

ARTICLE 10
DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS

10.1 Vesting_on_Distribution_Before_Break_in_Service.

(a) If an Employee terminates service, and the value of the
Employee's Vested Account Balance derived from Employer and Employee
contributions is not greater than three thousand five hundred dollars
($3,500), the Employee will receive a distribution of the value of the
entire vested portion of such Account balance and the nonvested portion
will be treated as a forfeiture. For purposes of this section, if the
value of an Employee's Vested Account Balance is zero, the Employee shall
be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested Account Balance.
A Participant's Vested Account Balance shall not include accumulated
deductible Employee contributions within the meaning of section
72(o)(5)(B) of the Code for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989.

-41-

<PAGE>

(b) If an Employee terminates service and elects, in
accordance with this ARTICLE, to receive the value of his Vested Account
Balance, the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture. If the
Employee elects to have distributed less than the entire vested portion
of the Account balance derived from Employer Contributions, the part of
the nonvested portion that will be treated as a forfeiture is the total
nonvested portion multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
amount of the distribution attributable to Employer Contributions and the
denominator of which is the total value of the vested Employer derived
Account balance.

(c) If an Employee receives a distribution pursuant to this
section and the Employee resumes employment covered under this Plan, the
Employee's Employer- derived Account balance will be restored to the
amount on the date of distribution if the Employee repays to the Plan the
full amount of the distribution attributable to Employer Contributions
before the earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the
Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer, or the date the
Participant incurs five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service
following the date of the distribution. If an Employee is deemed to
receive a distribution pursuant to this section, and the Employee resumes
employment covered under this Plan before the date the Participant incurs
five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service, upon the reemployment
of such Employee, the Employer-derived Account balance of the Employee
will be restored to the amount on the date of such deemed distribution.

10.2 Restrictions_on_Immediate_Distributions.

(a) If the value of a Participant's Vested Account Balance
derived from Employer and Employee contributions exceeds (or at the time
of any prior distribution exceeded) three thousand five hundred dollars
($3,500) and the Account balance is immediately distributable, the
Participant and the Participant's Spouse (or where either the Participant
or the Spouse has died, the survivor) must consent to any distribution of
such Account balance. The consent of the Participant and the
Participant's Spouse shall be obtained in writing within the ninety (90)
day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date. The Annuity Starting Date
is the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an
annuity or any other form. The Plan Administrator shall notify the
Participant and the Participant's Spouse of the right to defer any
distribution until the Participant's Account balance is no longer
immediately distributable. Such notification shall include a general
description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative
values of, the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan in a
manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of section 417(a)(3),
and shall be provided no less than thirty (30) days and no more than
ninety (90) days prior to the Annuity Starting Date.

-42-

<PAGE>

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a), only
the Participant need consent to the commencement of a distribution in the
form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity while the Account balance
is immediately distributable. (Furthermore, if payment in the form of a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required with respect to the
Participant pursuant to section 9.6 of the Plan, only the Participant need
consent to the distribution of an Account balance that is immediately
distributable). Neither the consent of the Participant nor the Partici-

pant's Spouse shall be required to the extent that a distribution is
required to satisfy section 401(a)(9) or section 415 of the Code. In
addition, upon termination of this Plan if the Plan does not offer an
annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider), the Participant's
Account balance may, without the Participant's consent, be distributed to
the Participant or transferred to another defined contribution plan (other
than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of
the Code) within the same controlled group.

(c) An Account balance is immediately distributable if any
part of the Account balance could be distributed to the Participant (or
Surviving Spouse) before the Participant attains (or would have attained
if not deceased) the later of Normal Retirement Age or age sixty- two
(62).

(d) For purposes of determining the applicability of the
foregoing consent requirements to distributions made before the first day
of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the
Participant's Vested Account Balance shall not include amounts
attributable to accumulated deductible Employee contributions within the
meaning of section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.

-43-

<PAGE>

10.3 Commencement_of_Benefits.

(a) Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution
of benefits will begin no later than the 60th day after the latest of the
close of the Plan Year in which:

(i) the Participant attains age sixty-five (65) (or
Normal Retirement Age, if earlier);

(ii) the 10th anniversary of the year in which the
Participant commenced participation in the Plan occurs; or

(iii) the Participant terminates service with the
Employer.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a
Participant and Spouse to consent to a distribution while a benefit is
immediately distributable, within the meaning of section 10.2 of the Plan,
shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any
benefit sufficient to satisfy this section.

10.4 Early_Retirement_With_Age_and_Service_Require ment. If a
Participant separates from service before satisfying the age requirement
for early retirement, but has satisfied the service requirement, the
Participant will be entitled to elect an early retirement benefit upon
satisfaction of such age requirement.

10.5 Nontransferability_of_Annuities. Any annuity contract
distributed herefrom must be nontransferable.

10.6 Conflicts_With_Annuity_Contracts. The terms of any annuity
contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or Spouse
shall comply with the requirements of this Plan.

-44-

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 11
TIMING AND MODES OF DISTRIBUTION

11.1 General_Rules.

(a) Subject to ARTICLE 9, the requirements of this ARTICLE
shall apply to any distribution of a Participant's interest and will take
precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan. Unless
otherwise specified, the provisions of this ARTICLE apply to calendar
years beginning after December 31, 1984.

(b) All distributions required under this ARTICLE shall be
determined and made in accordance with the income tax regulations under
section 401(a)(9) of the Code, including the minimum distribution
incidental benefit requirement of section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed
regulations.

11.2 Required_Beginning_Date. The entire interest of a Participant
must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the
Participant's Required Beginning Date.

11.3 Limits_on_Distribution_Periods. As of the first Distribution
Calendar Year, distributions, if not made in a single-sum, may only be
made over one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):

(a) the life of the Participant;

(b) the life of the Participant and a Designated
Beneficiary;

(d) a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last
survivor expectancy of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary.

11.4 Determination_of_Amount_to_be_Distributed_Each Year.

(a) Individual_Account.

(i) If a Participant's Benefit is to be distributed
over (1) a period not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the
Participant or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the
Participant and the Participant's Designated Beneficiary or (2) a period
not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary,
the amount required to be distributed for each calendar year, beginning
with distributions for the first Distribution Calendar Year, must at least
equal the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Benefit by the
Applicable Life Expectancy.

-45-

<PAGE>

(ii) For calendar years beginning before January 1,
1989, if the Participant's Spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the
method of distribution selected must assure that at least fifty percent
(50%) of the present value of the amount available for distribution is
paid within the Life Expectancy of the Participant.

(iii) For calendar years beginning after December 31,
1988, the amount to be distributed each year, beginning with distributions
for the first Distribution Calendar Year shall not be less than the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Benefit by the lesser of
(1) the Applicable Life Expectancy or (2) if the Participant's Spouse is
not the Designated Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined from the
table set forth in Q&A-4 of section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed
regulations. Distributions after the death of the Participant shall be
distributed using the Applicable Life Expectancy in subsection (a)(i)
above as the relevant divisor without regard to proposed regulations
section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

(iv) The minimum distribution required for the
Participant's first Distribution Calendar Year must be made on or before
the Participant's Required Beginning Date. The minimum distribution for
other calendar years, including the minimum distribution for the
Distribution Calendar Year in which the Employee's Required Beginning Date
occurs, must be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution
Calendar Year.

(b) Other_Forms. If the Participant's Benefit is
distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company,
distributions thereunder shall be made in accordance with the requirements
of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the proposed regulations thereunder.

11.5 Death_Distribution_Provisions.

(a) Distribution_Beginning_Before_Death. If the Participant
dies after distribution of his or her interest has begun, the remaining
portion of such interest will continue to be distributed at least as
rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the
Participant's death.

(b) Distribution_Beginning_After_Death. If the Participant
dies before distribution of his or her interest begins, distribution of
the Participant's entire interest shall be completed by December 31 of the
calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death
except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in
accordance with (i) or (ii) below:

-46-

<PAGE>

(i) if any portion of the Participant's interest is
payable to a Designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made over the
life or over a period certain not greater than the Life Expectancy of the
Designated Beneficiary commencing on or before December 31 of the calendar
year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant
died;

(ii) if the Designated Beneficiary is the
Participant's Surviving Spouse, the date distributions are required to
begin in accordance with (i) above shall not be earlier than the later of
(1) December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar
year in which the Participant died and (2) December 31 of the calendar
year in which the Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half
(70 1/2).

(c) If the Participant has not made an election pursuant to
this section by the time of his or her death, the Participant's Designated
Beneficiary must elect the method of distribution no later than the
earlier of (1) December 31 of the calendar year in which distributions
would be required to begin under this section; or (2) December 31 of the
calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of death
of the Participant. If the Participant has no Designated Beneficiary, or
if the Designated Beneficiary does not elect a method of distribution,
distribution of the Participant's entire interest must be completed by
December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participant's death.

(d) For purposes of subsection (b) above, if the Surviving
Spouse dies after the Participant, but before payments to such Spouse
begin, the provisions of subsection (b), with the exception of paragraph
(ii) therein, shall be applied as if the Surviving Spouse were the
Participant.

(e) For purposes of this section, any amount paid to a child
of the Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the Surviving
Spouse if the amount becomes payable to the Surviving Spouse when the
child reaches the age of majority.

(f) For the purposes of this section, distribution of a
Participant's interest is considered to begin on the Participant's
Required Beginning Date (or, if subsection (d) above is applicable, the
date distribution is required to begin to the Surviving Spouse pursuant
to subsection (b) above). If distribution in the form of an annuity
described in section 11.4(b) above irrevocably commences to the
Participant before the Required Beginning Date, the date distribution is
considered to begin is the date distribution actually commences.

-47-

<PAGE>

11.6 Designation_of_Beneficiary. Subject to the rules of
ARTICLE 9, a Participant (or former Participant) may designate from time
to time any person or persons (who may be designated contingently or
successively and may be an entity other than a natural person) as his
Beneficiary who will be entitled to receive any undistributed amounts
credited to the Participant's separate Account under the Plan at the time
of the Participant's death. Any such Beneficiary designation by a
Participant shall be made in writing in the manner prescribed by the Plan
Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed with the Plan
Administrator during the Participant's lifetime. A Participant may change
or revoke his Beneficiary designation at any time in the manner prescribed
by the Plan Administrator. If any portion of the Participant's Account
is invested in insurance pursuant to ARTICLE 14, the Beneficiary of the
benefits under the insurance policy shall be the person or persons
designated under the policy. If the Designated Beneficiary (or each of
the Designated Beneficiaries) predeceases the Participant, the Partici-

pant's Beneficiary designation shall be ineffective. If no Beneficiary
designation is in effect at the time of the Participant's death, his
Beneficiary shall be his estate.

11.7 Definitions.

(a) Applicable_Life_Expectancy. The Life Expectancy (or
joint and last survivor expectancy) calculated using the attained age of
the Participant (or Designated Beneficiary) as of the Participant's (or
Designated Beneficiary's) birthday in the applicable calendar year reduced
by one (1) for each calendar year which has elapsed since the date Life
Expectancy was first calculated. If Life Expectancy is being
recalculated, the Applicable Life Expectancy shall be the Life Expectancy
as so recalculated. The applicable calendar year shall be the first
Distribution Calendar Year, and if Life Expectancy is being recalculated
such succeeding calendar year. If annuity payments commence in accordance
with section 11.4(b) before the Required Beginning Date, the applicable
calendar year is the year such payments commence. If distribution is in
the form of an immediate annuity purchased after the Participant's death
with the Participant's remaining interest, the applicable calendar year
is the year of purchase.

-48-

<PAGE>

(b) Designated_Beneficiary. The individual who is
designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan in accordance with section
401(a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder.

(c) Distribution_Calendar_Year. A calendar year for which
a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before
the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the
calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the
Participant's Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after
the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the
calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to
section 11.5 above.

(d) Life_Expectancy.

(i) Life Expectancy and joint and last survivor
expectancy are computed by use of the expected return multiples in
Tables V and VI of section 1.72-9 of the income tax regulations.

(ii) Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or
Spouse, in the case of distributions described in section 11.5(b)(ii)
above) by the time distributions are required to begin, life expectancies
shall be recalculated annually. Such election shall be irrevocable as to
the Participant (or Spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent years. The
Life Expectancy of a non-Spouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

(e) Participant's_Benefit.

(i) The Account balance as of the last valuation date
in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year
(valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions or
forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of dates in the valuation
calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made
in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date.

(ii) For purposes of subsection (i) above, if any
portion of the minimum distribution for the first Distribution Calendar
Year is made in the second Distribution Calendar Year on or before the
Required Beginning Date, the amount of the minimum distribution made in
the second Distribution Calendar Year shall be treated as if it had been
made in the immediately preceding Distribution Calendar Year.

-49-

<PAGE>

(f) Required_Beginning_Date.

(i) General_Rule. The Required Beginning Date of a
Participant is the first day of April of the calendar year following the
calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half
(70 1/2).

(ii) Transitional_Rules. The Required Beginning Date
of a Participant who attains age seventy and one-half (70 1/2) before
January 1, 1988, shall be determined in accordance with (1) or (2) below:

(1) Non-Five-Percent_Owners. The Required
Beginning Date of a Participant who is not a Five Percent (5%) Owner is
the first day of April of the calendar year following the calendar year
in which the later of retirement or attainment of age seventy and one-
half (70 1/2) occurs.

(2) Five_Percent_Owners. The Required
Beginning Date of a Participant who is a Five Percent (5%) Owner during
any year beginning after December 31, 1979, is the first day of April
following the later of:

(A) the calendar year in which the
Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70 1/2); or

(B) the earlier of the calendar year with
or within which ends the Plan Year in which the Participant becomes a Five
Percent (5%) Owner, or the calendar year in which the Participant retires.

The Required Beginning Date of a Participant who is not a Five Percent
(5%) Owner who attains age seventy and one- half (70 1/2) during 1988 and
who has not retired as of January 1, 1989, is April 1, 1990.

(iii) Five_Percent_Owner. A Participant is treated as
a Five Percent (5%) Owner for purposes of this section if such Participant
is a Five Percent (5%) Owner as defined in section 416(i) of the Code
(determined in accordance with section 416 but without regard to whether
the Plan is top-heavy) at any time during the Plan Year ending with or
within the calendar year in which such owner attains age sixty-six and
one-half (66 1/2) or any subsequent year.

(iv) Once distributions have begun to a Five Percent
(5%) Owner under this section, they must continue to be distributed, even
if the Participant ceases to be a Five Percent (5%) Owner in a subsequent
year.

-50-

<PAGE>

11.8 Transitional_Rule.

(a) Notwithstanding the other requirements of this ARTICLE
and subject to the requirements of ARTICLE 9, distribution on behalf of
any Employee, including a Five Percent (5%) Owner, may be made in
accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when such
distribution commences):

(i) The distribution by the Trust is one which would
not have disqualified such trust under section 401(a)(9) of the Internal
Revenue Code as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act
of 1984.

(ii) The distribution is in accordance with a method
of distribution designated by the Employee whose interest in the Trust is
being distributed or, if the Employee is deceased, by a Beneficiary of
such Employee.

(iii) Such designation was in writing, was signed by
the Employee or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

(iv) The Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan
as of December 31, 1983.

(v) The method of distribution designated by the
Employee or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distributions will
be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Employee's death,
the Beneficiaries of the Employee listed in order of priority.

(b) A distribution upon death will not be covered by this
transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the
required information described above with respect to the distributions to
be made upon the death of the Employee.

(c) For any distribution which commences before January 1,
1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Employee, or the
Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to
have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution
is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and
the distribution satisfies the requirements in subsections (a)(i) and
(a)(v).

-51-

<PAGE>

(d) If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution
must satisfy the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
proposed regulations thereunder. If a designation is revoked subsequent
to the date distributions are required to begin, the Trust must distribute
by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have
been required to have been distributed to satisfy section 401(a)(9) of the
Code and the regulations thereunder but for the section 242(b)(2)
election. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such
distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit
requirements in section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations. Any
changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the
designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of another
beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will
not be considered to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such
substitution or addition does not alter the period over which
distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly
(for example, by altering the relevant measuring life). In the case in
which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another
plan, the rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3 shall apply.

11.9 Optional_Forms_of_Benefit.

(a) Except to the extent benefits are required to be paid
in the form of an automatic joint and survivor annuity under ARTICLE 9,
any amount which a Participant shall be entitled to receive under the Plan
shall be distributed in one or a combination of the following ways:

(i) in a lump-sum payment of cash, the amount of
which shall be determined by redeeming all Shares credited to the
Participant's Account under the Plan as of the date of distribution;

(ii) in a lump-sum payment including a distribution
in kind of all Shares credited to the Participant's Account under the Plan
as of the date of distribution;

-52-

<PAGE>

(iii) in substantially equal monthly, quarterly, or
annual installment payments of cash, or the distribution of Shares in
kind, over a period certain not to exceed the Life Expectancy of the
Participant or the joint and last survivor Life Expectancy of the
Participant and his Beneficiary, determined in each case as of the earlier
of: (1) the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the event entitling the
Participant to a distribution of benefits, or (2) the date such
installments commence;

(iv) if permitted by the Sponsor, in monthly,
quarterly, or annual installment payments of cash, or the distribution of
Shares in kind, so that the amount distributed in each Plan Year equals
the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Account at the
beginning of that Plan Year by the joint and last survivor Life Expectancy
of the Participant and the Beneficiary for that Plan Year. The Life
Expectancy will be computed using the recomputation method described in
section 11.7(d). Unless the Spouse of the retired Participant is the
Beneficiary, the actuarial present value of all expected payments to the
retired Participant must be more than fifty percent (50%) of the actuarial
present value of payments to the retired Participant and the Beneficiary;
or

(v) by application of the Participant's vested
Account to the purchase of a nontransferable immediate or deferred annuity
contract, on an individual or group basis. Unless the Spouse of the
retired Participant is the Beneficiary, the actuarial present value of all
expected payments to the retired Participant must be more than fifty
percent (50%) of the actuarial present value of payments to the retired
Participant and the Beneficiary.

(b) If the Participant fails to select a method of
distribution, except as may be required by ARTICLE 9, all amounts which
he is entitled to receive under the Plan shall be distributed to him in
a lump-sum payment.

-53-

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 12
WITHDRAWALS

12.1 Withdrawal_of_Nondeductible_Voluntary_Contribu tions. Subject
to the Qualified Election requirements of ARTICLE 9 and section 12.3, any
Participant who has made nondeductible voluntary contributions may, upon
thirty (30) days notice in writing filed with the Plan Administrator, have
paid to him all or any portion of the fair market value of his
nondeductible voluntary contribution subaccount.

12.2 Hardship_Withdrawals. If the Adoption Agreement so provides
and the Employer elects, this section applies only to the profit sharing
contribution subaccount and only if the profit sharing allocation formula
selected in the Adoption Agreement is not integrated with Social Security.

(a) Demonstration_of_Need. Subject to the Qualified
Election requirements of ARTICLE 9 and section 12.3, if a Participant
establishes an immediate and heavy financial need for funds because of a
hardship resulting from the purchase or renovation of a primary residence,
the education of the Participant or a member of his immediate family
(including special education), the medical or personal expenses of the
Participant or a member of his immediate family, or other demonstrable
emergency as determined by the Plan Administrator on a uniform and
nondiscriminatory basis, the Participant shall be permitted, subject to
the limitations of subsection (b) below, to make a hardship withdrawal of
an amount credited to his profit sharing contribution subaccount under the
Plan.

(b) Amount_of_Hardship_Withdrawal. The amount of any
hardship withdrawal by a Participant under subsection (a) above shall not
exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created
by the hardship and not reasonably available from other resources of the
Participant.

(c) Prior_Withdrawal_of_Nondeductible_Voluntary
Participant_Contributions. A Participant shall not be permitted to make
a hardship withdrawal under subsection (a) above unless he has already
withdrawn, in accordance with section 12.1, any amount credited to his
nondeductible voluntary contributions subaccount.

-54-

<PAGE>

12.3 Manner_of_Making_Withdrawals. Any withdrawal by a Participant
under the Plan shall be made only after the Participant files a written
request with the Plan Administrator specifying the nature of the
withdrawal (and the reasons therefor, if a hardship withdrawal), and the
amount of funds requested to be withdrawn. Upon approving any withdrawal,
the Plan Administrator shall furnish the Trustee with written instructions
directing the Trustee to make the withdrawal in a lump-sum payment of cash
to the Participant. In making any withdrawal payment, the Trustee shall
be fully entitled to rely on the instructions furnished by the Plan
Administrator, and shall be under no duty to make any inquiry or
investigation with respect thereto. Unless section 9.6 is applicable, if
the Participant is married, his Spouse must consent to the withdrawal
pursuant to a Qualified Election (as defined in section 9.4(c)) within the
ninety (90) day period ending on the date of the withdrawal.

12.4 Limitations_on_Withdrawals. The Plan Administrator may
prescribe uniform and nondiscriminatory rules and procedures limiting the
number of times a Participant may make a withdrawal under the Plan during
any Plan Year, and the minimum amount a Participant may withdraw on any
single occasion.

ARTICLE 13
LOANS

13.1 General_Provisions.

(a) If the Adoption Agreement so provides and the Employer
so elects, loans shall be made available to any Participant or Beneficiary
who is a party-in-interest (as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA) on a
reasonably equivalent basis. A Participant or Beneficiary who is not a
party-in-interest (as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA) shall not be
eligible to receive a loan under this ARTICLE.

(b) Loans shall not be made available to Highly- Compensated
Employees (as defined in section 414(q) of the Code) in an amount greater
than the amount made available to other Employees.

-55-

<PAGE>

(d) No Participant loan shall exceed the present value of
the Participant's Vested Account Balance.

(e) Unless section 9.6 is applicable, a Participant must
obtain the consent of his or her Spouse, if any, to use of the Account
balance as security for the loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no
earlier than the beginning of the ninety (90) day period that ends on the
date on which the loan is to be so secured. The consent must be in
writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed
by a Plan representative or notary public. Such consent shall thereafter
be binding with respect to the consenting Spouse or any subsequent Spouse
with respect to that loan. A new consent shall be required if the Account
balance is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal or other revision
of the loan.

(f) In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and
attachment of security will not occur until a distributable event occurs
under the Plan.

(g) Loans will not be made to any shareholder- employee or
Owner-Employee. For purposes of this requirement, a shareholder-employee
means an Employee or officer of an electing small business (subchapter S)
corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of
section 318(a)(1) of the Code), on any day during the taxable year of such
corporation, more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the
corporation.

(h) If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in
accordance with subsection (e), then, notwithstanding any other provision
of this Plan, the portion of the Participant's Vested Account Balance used
as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding
to the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining
the amount of the Account balance payable at the time of death or
distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan.
If less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant's Vested
Account Balance (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is
payable to the Surviving Spouse, then the Account balance shall be
adjusted by first reducing the Vested Account Balance by the amount of the
security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit
payable to the Surviving Spouse.

-56-

<PAGE>

13.2 Administration_of_Loan_Program.

(a) The Plan's loan program will be administered by the Plan
Administrator.

(b) Loan requests shall be made on a form prescribed by the
Plan Administrator and shall comply with section 13.4.

(d) The rate of interest to be charged on loans shall be
determined under section 13.5.

(e) The only collateral that may be used as security for a
loan, and the limitations and requirements applicable, are determined
under section 13.6.

(f) The rules regarding defaults are set forth in section
13.9.

13.3 Amount_of_Loan. Loans to any Participant or Beneficiary will
not be made to the extent that such loan, when added to the outstanding
balance of all other loans to the Participant or Beneficiary, would exceed
the lesser of:

(a) fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) reduced by the excess
(if any) of the highest outstanding balance of loans during the one (1)
year period ending on the day before the loan is made, over the
outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date the loan is made;
or

(b) one-half (1/2) the present value of the nonforfeitable
accrued benefit of the Participant.

(c) For the purpose of the above limitation, all loans from
all plans of the Employer and other members of a group of employers
described in sections 414(b), 414(c) and 414(m) of the Code are
aggregated.

13.4 Manner_of_Making_Loans. A request by a Participant for a loan
shall be made in writing to the Plan Administrator and shall specify the
amount of the loan, and the subaccount(s) or Shares of the Participant
from which the loan should be made. The terms and conditions on which the
Plan Administrator shall approve loans under the Plan shall be applied on
a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis with respect to all Participants.
If a Participant's request for a loan is approved by the Plan
Administrator, the Plan Administrator shall furnish the Trustee with
written instructions directing the Trustee to make the loan in a lump-sum
payment of cash to the Participant. In making any loan payment under this
ARTICLE, the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on the instructions
furnished by the Plan Administrator and shall be under no duty to make any
inquiry or investigation with respect thereto.

-57-

<PAGE>

13.5 Terms_of_Loan. Loans shall be made on such terms and subject
to such limitations as the Plan Administrator may prescribe.
Furthermore, any loan shall, by its terms, require that repayment
(principal and interest) be amortized in level payments, not less
frequently than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five (5)
years from the date of the loan, unless such loan is used to acquire a
dwelling unit which, within a reasonable time (determined at the time the
loan is made) will be used as the principal residence of the Participant.
The rate of interest to be charged shall be determined by the Plan
Administrator in accordance with the rates quoted by representative
financial institutions in the local area for similar loans.

13.6 Security_for_Loan. Any loan to a Participant under the Plan
shall be secured by the pledge of all the Participant's right, title, and
interest in the Trust. Such pledge shall be evidenced by the execution
of a promissory note by the Participant which shall provide that, in the
event of any default by the Participant on a loan repayment, the Plan
Administrator shall be authorized (to the extent permitted by law) to
deduct the amount of the loan outstanding and any unpaid interest due
thereon from the Participant's wages or salary to be thereafter paid by
the Employer, and to take any and all other actions necessary and
appropriate to enforce collection of the unpaid loan. An assignment or
pledge of any portion of the Participant's interest in the Plan and a
loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance contract
purchased under the Plan, will be treated as a loan under this section.
In the event the value of the Participant's vested Account at any time is
less than one hundred twenty- five percent (125%) of the outstanding loan
balance, the Plan Administrator shall request additional collateral of
sufficient value to adequately secure the repayment of the loan. Failure
to provide such additional collateral upon a request of the Plan
Administrator shall constitute an event of default.

-58-

<PAGE>

13.7 Segregated_Investment. Loans shall be considered a
Participant directed investment and, for the limited purposes of
allocating earnings and losses pursuant to ARTICLE 5, shall not be
considered a part of the common fund under the Trust.

13.8 Repayment_of_Loan. The Plan Administrator shall have the sole
responsibility for ensuring that a Participant timely makes all loan
repayments, and for notifying the Trustee in the event of any default by
the Participant on the loan. Each loan repayment shall be paid to the
Trustee and shall be accompanied by written instructions from the Plan
Administrator that identify the Participant on whose behalf the loan
repayment is being made.

13.9 Default_on_Loan.

(a) In the event of a termination of the Participant's
employment with the Affiliated Employers or a default by a Participant on
a loan repayment, all remaining payments on the loan shall be immediately
due and payable. The Employer shall, upon the direction of the Plan
Administrator, to the extent permitted by law, deduct the total amount of
the loan outstanding and any unpaid interest due thereon from the wages
or salaries payable to the Participant by the Employer in accordance with
the Participant's promissory note. In addition, the Plan Administrator
shall take any and all other actions necessary and appropriate to enforce
collection of the unpaid loan. However, attachment of the Participant's
Account pledged as security will not occur until a distributable event
occurs under the Plan.

(b) For purposes of this section, the term "default" shall
mean failure, by a period of at least ten (10) days, to make any loan
payment (whether principal or interest or both) that is due and payable.
Neither the Plan Administrator nor any other fiduciary is required to give
any written or oral notice of default.

13.10 Unpaid_Amounts. Upon the occurrence of a Participant's
retirement or death, or upon a Participant's fifth consecutive Break in
Service or earlier distribution, the unpaid balance of any loan, including
any unpaid interest, shall be deducted from any payment or distribution
from the Trust to which such Participant or his Beneficiary may be
entitled. If after charging the Participant's Account with the unpaid
balance of the loan, including any unpaid interest, there still remains
an unpaid balance of any such loan and interest, then the remaining unpaid
balance of such loan and interest shall be charged against any property
pledged as security with respect to such loan.

-59-

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 14
INSURANCE

14.1 Insurance. If the Adoption Agreement so provides and the
Employer elects to allocate or permit Participants to allocate a portion
of their Accounts to purchase life insurance, the ensuing subsections of
this ARTICLE shall apply.

14.2 Policies. The Plan Administrator shall instruct the Trustee
to procure one or more life insurance policies on the Participant's life,
the terms of which shall conform to the requirements of the Plan and the
Code. The policies and the companies which write them shall be subject
to the approval of the Plan Administrator and the Trustee. The Trustee
shall procure and hold such policies in its name or the name of the
nominee. The Trustee shall be the sole owner of all contracts purchased
hereunder, and it shall be so designated in each policy and application
therefor.

14.3 Beneficiary. The Participant shall have the right to name the
Beneficiary and to choose the benefit option under the policy for the
Beneficiary. The Trustee shall designate the Beneficiary of all such
policies in accordance with the written directions of the Plan Adminis-

trator and the policy terms. Such designations may be outlined in the
original application as forwarded to the issuing company. However, the
Plan Administrator shall have available and shall furnish the Participant
with the necessary forms for any Beneficiary designation or change of
Beneficiary and it will keep a copy of all executed designations as part
of its records. Upon a Participant's death, the Plan Administrator will
promptly furnish the Trustee a copy of the last designation and shall
authorize the Trustee to complete such forms as the insurance company may
require in order to effect the benefit option.

14.4 Payment_of_Premiums. Subject to the provisions of sections
7.3 and 14.5, premium payments to the insurer may be made only by the
Trustee with respect to any insurance policy purchased on behalf of a
Participant and shall constitute first an investment of a portion of the
funds of the Participant's Employer Contribution subaccounts up to the
maximum amount of such subaccounts permitted to be applied toward such
premium payments, as provided in section 14.5. If a Participant's
subaccounts lack sufficient assets to pay premiums on a life insurance
policy due on his behalf, the Trustee, at the direction of the Plan
Administrator, acting upon the request of the Participant, shall borrow
under the policy loan provisions, if any, the amount necessary to pay such
premiums, using the cash value of the insurance as security, or the
Trustee may liquidate assets held in the Participant's Account, in the
same order, of sufficient value to pay such premiums. Any loans shall be
repaid by the application of earnings, contributions, or forfeitures to
the Account of the Participant insured by such policy. In the absence of
the Plan Administrator's direction to borrow or to liquidate assets to pay
premiums, the life insurance policy shall be put on a paid-up basis or,
if it has no cash value, cancelled.

-60-

<PAGE>

14.5 Limitation_on_Insurance_Premiums. The Trustee shall not pay,
nor shall anyone on behalf of the Trustee pay, any life insurance premium
for any Participant out of the Participant's Employer Contribution
subaccounts unless the amount of such payment, plus all premiums
previously so paid on behalf of the Participant, is less than fifty
percent (50%) of the Employer Contributions and forfeitures allocated to
the Participant's Employer Contribution subaccounts as determined on the
date such premium is paid with respect to reserve life insurance policies
and shall be less than twenty-five percent (25%) thereof with respect to
nonreserve (term) policies, or, if both reserve life and term insurance
are purchased on the life of any Participant, the sum of the term
insurance premium plus one-half (1/2) of the reserve life premiums may not
exceed twenty- five percent (25%) of the Employer Contributions made on
behalf of such Participant. For purposes of these incidental insurance
provisions, reserve life insurance contracts are contracts with both
nondecreasing death benefits and nonincreasing premiums. Dividends
received on life insurance policies shall be considered a reduction of
premiums paid in such computations.

If payment of premiums on a Participant's life insurance
policy is prohibited because of the limitation, the Trustee, as directed
by the Plan Administrator, shall permit the Participant to maintain that
part of the coverage made available by the prohibited premiums, either by
payment of the amount of the prohibited premium by the Participant from
sources other than the Trust or by distributing the policy to the extent
of the Participant's vested interest to the Participant and eliminating
it from the Trust.

Nothing contained in the foregoing provisions of section 14.4
and this section shall be deemed to authorize the payment of any premium
or premiums for any Participant which would result in a failure to
maintain any mandatory investment in Shares required by the Sponsor in the
Account or subaccounts of any such Participant.

-61-

<PAGE>

14.6 Insurance_Company. No insurance company which may issue any
policies for the purposes of this Plan shall be required to take or permit
any action contrary to the provisions of said policies, nor shall such
insurance company be deemed to be a party to, or responsible for the
validity of, this Plan for any purpose. No such insurance company shall
be required to look into the terms of this Plan or question any action of
the Trustee hereunder, nor be responsible to see that any action of the
Trustee is authorized by the terms of this Plan. Any such issuing
insurance company shall be fully discharged from any and all liability for
any amount paid to the Trustee or paid in accordance with the direction
of the Trustee, as the case may be, or for any change made or action taken
by such insurance company upon such direction and no such insurance
company shall be obliged to see to the distribution or further application
of any monies paid by it. The certificate of the Trustee signed by one
of its trust officers, assistant secretary, or other authorized
representative thereof, may be received by any insurance company as
conclusive evidence of any of the matters mentioned in this Plan and any
insurance company shall be fully protected in taking or permitting any
action on the faith thereof and shall incur no liability or responsibility
for so doing.

14.7 Distribution_of_Policies. Upon a Participant's death, the
Trustee, upon direction of the Plan Administrator, shall procure the
payment of the proceeds of any policy held by the Participant in
accordance with its terms and this Plan. The Trustee shall be required
to pay over all the proceeds of any policy to the Participant's Designated
Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions of this Plan.
A Participant's Spouse will be the Designated Beneficiary unless a
Qualified Election has been made in accordance with section 9.4(c) of the
Plan. Under no circumstances shall the Trust retain any part of the
proceeds. Subject to the joint and survivor annuity requirements of
ARTICLE 9, the policies shall be converted or distributed upon
commencement of benefits in accordance with the provisions of this

-62-

<PAGE>
section. Upon a Participant's retirement at or after his Normal
Retirement Age, unless there is a single sum distribution in which case
any policy shall be distributed, any such policy shall be converted to a
paid-up contract and delivered to the Participant but the Plan
Administrator may, with the Participant's consent, direct that a portion
or all of such cash value of the policy be converted to provide retirement
income as permitted within the terms of the policy and this Plan. Upon
a Participant's retirement due to Total and Permanent Disability, any such
policy shall be held for his account and assigned or delivered to the
Participant in addition to any other benefits provided by this Plan. Upon
a Participant's termination of employment for reasons other than death,
Total and Permanent Disability, or retirement as stated above, to the
extent of life insurance purchased by Employer Contributions, he shall be
entitled to a vested interest in any policy held for his account as his
interest is vested in the remainder of his Employer Contribution
subaccounts (exclusive of any such policy). Whenever the Participant is
entitled to one hundred percent (100%) vesting, then such policy shall be
assigned and delivered to the Participant in accordance with its terms and
the terms of the Plan. Whenever the Participant is entitled to vesting
of less than one hundred percent (100%), then the Participant shall be
entitled to a vested interest of the cash surrender value of any such
policy equal to his percent of vested interest in his Employer
Contribution subaccounts, exclusive of the policy, and one of the
following distribution procedures shall apply:

(a) If the nonvested portion of the cash surrender value of
all policies held for the Participant's Account is less than the amount
of his vested termination benefit exclusive of the policies, then, such
policy shall be assigned to the Participant and the remainder of the
Participant's vested interest in the Participant's Employer Contribution
subaccounts shall be reduced by the cash surrender value of the nonvested
portion of all policies, after which it shall be paid or distributed to
the Participant in accordance with the terms of the Plan; or

(b) If the nonvested portion of the cash surrender value of
all policies held for the Participant's Account exceeds the Participant's
vested interest in the Employer Contribution subaccount exclusive of such
policies, the Participant shall be given the opportunity to purchase such
policies by paying to the Trustee the amount of such excess within thirty
(30) days after notice to him of the amount to be paid. Upon receipt of
such payment said policy shall be assigned and delivered to the Partici-

pant to the full satisfaction of all termination benefits under this Plan.
Any such policy not so purchased shall be surrendered by the Trustee for
its cash value and the proceeds thereof deposited in the Trust for
reallocation pursuant to ARTICLE 5.

-63-

<PAGE>

It is the intention hereof that the total termination benefit
of a Participant whose interest is not fully vested shall be equal to the
sum of the vested percentage of his Employer Contribution subaccounts
exclusive of all such policies and the same percentage of the cash value
of all such policies held for his Account. To the extent possible under
the foregoing provisions, such total termination benefits shall be
satisfied by the transfer and delivery to the Participant of one or more
such policies with the balance, if any, to be paid in cash or in kind.

14.8 Policy_Features. The Trustee shall arrange, where possible,
that all policies purchased for the benefit of a Participant shall have
the same dividend option which shall be on the premium reduction plan, and
as nearly as may be possible all policies issued under the Plan shall have
the same anniversary date. To the extent any dividends or credits earned
on insurance policies are not applied toward the next premiums due, they
shall be allocated to the Participant's Employer Contribution subaccount
in the same manner as a Participant's directed investment.

14.9 Changed_Conditions. From time to time because of changed
conditions, the Trustee, acting at the direction of the Plan Administrator
upon the election of the Participant concerned, shall obtain an additional
contract or policy or make such change in the contracts or policies
maintained by the Trustee on the life of the Participant as may be
required by such changed conditions, within the limits permitted by the
insurance company which issued or is requested to issue a contract and the
limits established by this Plan.

14.10 Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between the terms
of the Plan and the provisions of any contract issued hereunder, the terms
of the Plan shall control.

ARTICLE 15
ADMINISTRATION

15.1 Duties_and_Responsibilities_of_Fiduciaries;

-64-

<PAGE>

Allocation_of_Fiduciary_Responsibility. A fiduciary of the Plan shall
have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations
as are explicitly given him under the Plan and Trust Agreement. In
general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making
contributions to the Plan required under ARTICLE 4; appointing the Trustee
and the Plan Administrator; and determining the funds available for
investment under the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have the sole
responsibility for the administration of the Plan, as more fully described
in section 15.2. It is intended that each fiduciary shall be responsible
only for the proper exercise of his own powers, duties, responsibilities,
and obligations under the Plan and Trust Agreement, and shall not be
responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary. A
fiduciary may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to
the Plan.

15.2 Powers_and_Responsibilities_of_the_Plan_Adminis trator.

(a) Administration_of_the_Plan. The Plan Administrator
shall have all powers necessary to administer the Plan, including the
power to construe and interpret the Plan documents; to decide all
questions relating to an individual's eligibility to participate in the
Plan; to determine the amount, manner, and timing of any distribution of
benefits or withdrawal under the Plan; to approve and ensure the repayment
of any loan to a Participant under the Plan; to resolve any claim for
benefits in accordance with section 15.7; and to appoint or employ
advisors, including legal counsel; to render advice with respect to any
of the Plan Administrator's responsibilities under the Plan. Any
construction, interpretation, or application of the Plan by the Plan
Administrator shall be final, conclusive, and binding. All actions by the
Plan Administrator shall be taken pursuant to uniform standards applied
to all persons similarly situated. The Plan Administrator shall have no
power to add to, subtract from, or modify any of the terms of the Plan,
or to change or add to any benefits provided by the Plan, or to waive or
fail to apply any requirements of eligibility for a benefit under the
Plan.

(b) Records_and_Reports. The Plan Administrator shall be
responsible for maintaining sufficient records to reflect the Eligibility
Computation Periods in which an Employee is credited with one or more
Years of Service for purposes of determining his eligibility to
participate in the Plan, and the Compensation of each Participant for
purposes of determining the amount of contributions that may be made by
or on behalf of the Participant under the Plan. The Plan Administrator
shall be responsible for submitting all required reports and notifications
relating to the Plan to Participants or their Beneficiaries, the Internal
Revenue Service and the Department of Labor.

-65-

<PAGE>

(c) Furnishing_Trustee_with_Instructions. The Plan
Administrator shall be responsible for furnishing the Trustee with written
instructions regarding all contributions to the Trust, all distributions
to Participants in accordance with ARTICLE 10, all withdrawals by
Participants in accordance with ARTICLE 12, all loans to Participants in
accordance with ARTICLE 13 and all purchases of life insurance in
accordance with ARTICLE 14. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall be
responsible for furnishing the Trustee with any further information
respecting the Plan which the Trustee may request for the performance of
its duties or for the purpose of making any returns to the Internal
Revenue Service or Department of Labor as may be required of the Trustee.

(d) Rules_and_Decisions. The Plan Administrator may adopt
such rules as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate in the
administration of the Plan. All rules and decisions of the Plan
Administrator shall be applied uniformly and consistently to all
Participants in similar circumstances. When making a determination or
calculation, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon
information furnished by a Participant or Beneficiary, the Employer, the
legal counsel of the Employer, or the Trustee.

(e) Application_and_Forms_for_Benefits. The Plan
Administrator may require a Participant or Beneficiary to complete and
file with it an application for a benefit, and to furnish all pertinent
information requested by it. The Plan Administrator may rely upon all
such information so furnished to it, including the Participant's or
Beneficiary's current mailing address.

(f) Facility_of_Payment. Whenever, in the Plan
Administrator's opinion, a person entitled to receive a payment of a
benefit or installment thereof is under a legal disability or is
incapacitated in any way so as to be unable to manage his financial
affairs, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, it may direct
the Trustee to make payments to such person or to the legal representative
or to a relative or friend of such person for that person's benefit, or
it may direct the Trustee to apply the payment for the benefit of such
person in such manner as it considers advisable.

-66-

<PAGE>

15.3 Allocation_of_Duties_and_Responsibilities. The Plan
Administrator may, by written instrument, allocate among its members or
employees any of its duties and responsibilities not already allocated
under the Plan or may designate persons other than members or employees
to carry out any of the Plan Administrator's duties and responsibilities
under the Plan. Any such duties or responsibilities thus allocated must
be described in the written instrument. If a person other than an
Employee of the Employer is so designated, such person must acknowledge
in writing his acceptance of the duties and responsibilities allocated to
him.

15.4 Appointment_of_the_Plan_Administrator. The Employer shall
designate in the Adoption Agreement the Plan Administrator who shall
administer the Employer's Plan. Such Plan Administrator may consist of
an individual, a committee of two or more individuals, whether or not, in
either such case, the individual or any of such individuals are Employees
of the Employer, a consulting firm or other independent agent, the Trustee
(with its consent), or the Employer itself. The Plan Administrator shall
be charged with the full power and the responsibility for administering
the Plan in all its details. If no Plan Administrator has been appointed
by the Employer, or if the person designated as Plan Administrator by the
Employer is not serving as such for any reason, the Employer shall be
deemed to be the Plan Administrator of the Plan. The Plan Administrator
may be removed by the Employer, or may resign by giving notice in writing
to the Employer, and in the event of the removal, resignation, or death,
or other termination of service by the Plan Administrator, the Employer
shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Plan Administrator,
such successor thereafter to have all of the rights, privileges, duties,
and obligations of the predecessor Plan Administrator.

15.5 Expenses. The Employer shall pay all expenses authorized and
incurred by the Plan Administrator in the administration of the Plan
except to the extent such expenses are paid from the Trust.

15.6 Liabilities. The Plan Administrator and each person to whom
duties and responsibilities have been allocated pursuant to section 15.3
may be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer with respect to any
alleged breach of responsibilities performed or to be performed hereunder.
The Employer and each Affiliated Employer shall indemnify and hold
harmless the Sponsor against all claims, liabilities, fines, and
penalties, and all expenses reasonably incurred by or imposed upon him
(including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees) which arise
as a result of actions or failure to act in connection with the operation
and administration of the Plan.

-67-

<PAGE>

15.7 Claims_Procedure.

(a) Filing_a_Claim. Any Participant or Beneficiary under
the Plan may file a written claim for a Plan benefit with the Plan
Administrator or with a person named by the Plan Administrator to receive
claims under the Plan.

(b) Notice_of_Denial_of_Claim. In the event of a denial or
limitation of any benefit or payment due to or requested by any
Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan ("claimant"), claimant shall be
given a written notification containing specific reasons for the denial
or limitation of his benefit. The written notification shall contain
specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial
or limitation of his benefit is based. In addition, it shall contain a
description of any other material or information necessary for the
claimant to perfect a claim, and an explanation of why such material or
information is necessary. The notification shall further provide
appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes
to submit his claim for review. This written notification shall be given
to a claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt of his claim by the
Plan Administrator unless special circumstances require an extension of
time for processing the claim. If such an extension of time for
processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished
to the claimant prior to the termination of said ninety (90) day period,
and such notice shall indicate the special circumstances which make the
postponement appropriate.

(c) Right_of_Review. In the event of a denial or limitation
of his benefit, the claimant or his duly authorized representative shall
be permitted to review pertinent documents and to submit to the Plan
Administrator issues and comments in writing. In addition, the claimant
or his duly authorized representative may make a written request for a
full and fair review of his claim and its denial by the Plan
Administrator; provided, however, that such written request must be
received by the Plan Administrator (or its delegate to receive such
requests) within sixty (60) days after receipt by the claimant of written
notification of the denial or limitation of the claim. The sixty (60) day
requirement may be waived by the Plan Administrator in appropriate cases.

-68-

<PAGE>

(d) Decision_on_Review. A decision shall be rendered by the
Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request
for review, provided that where special circumstances require an extension
of time for processing the decision, it may be postponed on written notice
to the claimant (prior to the expiration of the initial sixty (60) day
period) for an additional sixty (60) days, but in no event shall the
decision be rendered more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the
receipt of such request for review. Any decision by the Plan Adminis-

trator shall be furnished to the claimant in writing and shall set forth
the specific reasons for the decision and the specific Plan provisions on
which the decision is based.

(e) Court_Action. No Participant or Beneficiary shall have
the right to seek judicial review of a denial of benefits, or to bring any
action in any court to enforce a claim for benefits prior to filing a
claim for benefits or exhausting his rights to review under this section.

ARTICLE 16
AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER

16.1 Sponsor's_Power_to_Amend. The Sponsor may amend any part of
the Plan. For purposes of Sponsor's amendments, the mass submitter shall
be recognized as the agent of the Sponsor. If the Sponsor does not adopt
the amendments made by the mass submitter, it will no longer be identical
to or a minor modifier of the mass submitter plan.

16.2 Amendment_by_Adopting_Employer.

(a) The Employer may:

(i) change the choice of options in the Adoption
Agreement;

(ii) add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement
when such language is necessary to satisfy section 415 or section 416 of
the Code because of the required aggregation of multiple plans; and

(iii) add certain model amendments published by the
Internal Revenue Service which specifically provide that their adoption
will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed.

(b) An Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason,
including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under section 412(d)
of the Code, will no longer participate in this prototype plan and will
be considered to have an individually designed plan.

-69-

<PAGE>

16.3 Vesting_Upon_Plan_Termination. In the event of the
termination or partial termination of the Plan, the Account balance of
each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable.

16.4 Vesting_Upon_Complete_Discontinuance_of_Contribu tions. In
the event of a complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan,
the Account balance of each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable.

16.5 Maintenance_of_Benefits_Upon_Merger. In the event of a merger
or consolidation with, or transfer of assets to any other plan, each
Participant will receive a benefit immediately after such merger,
consolidation or transfer (if the Plan then terminated) which is at least
equal to the benefit the Participant was entitled to immediately before
such merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had been terminated).

16.6 Special_Amendments. The Employer may from time to time make
any amendment to the Plan that may be necessary to satisfy section 415 or
416 of the Code. Any such amendment will be adopted by the Employer by
completing overriding Plan language in the Adoption Agreement. In the
event of such an amendment, the Employer must obtain a separate
determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service to continue
reliance on the Plan's qualified status.

ARTICLE 17
MISCELLANEOUS

17.1 Exclusive_Benefit_of_Participants_and_Beneficia ries.

(a) All assets of the Trust shall be retained for the
exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries, and shall be
used only to pay benefits to such persons or to pay the fees and expenses
of the Trust. The assets of the Trust shall not revert to the benefit of
the Employer, except as otherwise specifically provided in section
17.1(b).

(b) To the extent permitted or required by ERISA and the
Code, contributions to the Trust under this Plan are subject to the
following conditions:

-70-

<PAGE>

(i) If a contribution or any part thereof is made to
the Trust by the Employer under a mistake of fact, such contribution or
part thereof shall be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after
the date the contribution is made.

(ii) In the event the Plan is determined not to meet
the initial qualification requirements of section 401 of the Code,
contributions made in respect of any period for which such requirements
are not met shall be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after
the Plan is determined not to meet such requirements, but only if the
application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law
for filing the Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan
is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may
prescribe.

(iii) Contributions to the Trust are specifically
conditioned on their deductibility under the Code and, to the extent a
deduction is disallowed for any such contribution, such amount shall be
returned to the Employer within one (1) year after the date of the
disallowance of the deduction.

17.2 Nonguarantee_of_Employment. Nothing contained in this Plan
shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Employer and
any Employee, or as a right of any Employee to be continued in the
employment of the Employer, or as a limitation of the right of the
Employer to discharge any of its Employees, with or without cause.

17.3 Rights_to_Trust_Assets. No Employee, Participant, or
Beneficiary shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the
Trust upon termination of employment or otherwise, except as provided
under the Plan. All payments of benefits under the Plan shall be made
solely out of the assets of the Trust.

17.4 Nonalienation_of_Benefits. No benefit or interest available
hereunder will be subject to assignment or alienation, either voluntarily
or involuntarily. The preceding sentence shall also apply to the
creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable
with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order,
unless such order is determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code, or any domestic relations
order entered before January 1, 1985.

-71-

<PAGE>

17.5 Aggregation_Rules.

(a) Except as provided in ARTICLE 6, all Employees of the
Employer or any Affiliated Employer will be treated as employed by a
single employer.

(b) If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one
or more Owner-Employees who control both the business for which this Plan
is established and one or more other trades or businesses, this Plan and
the plan established for other trades or businesses must, when looked at
as a single plan, satisfy sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code for the
Employees of this and all other trades or businesses.

(c) If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one
or more Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or
businesses, the employees of the other trades or businesses must be
included in a plan which satisfies sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code and
which provides contributions and benefits not less favorable than provided
for Owner-Employees under this Plan.

(d) If an individual is covered as an Owner- Employee under
the plans of two or more trades or businesses which are not controlled and
the individual controls a trade or business, then the contributions or
benefits of the employees under the plan of the trades or businesses which
are controlled must be as favorable as those provided for him under the
most favorable plan of the trade or business which is not controlled.

(e) For purposes of paragraphs (b), (c) and (d), an Owner-
Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control
a trade or business if the Owner- Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees
together:

(i) own the entire interest in an unincorporated
trade or business; or

(ii) in the case of a partnership, own more than fifty
percent (50%) of either the capital interest or the profits interest in
the partnership.

-72-

<PAGE>

For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner- Employee,
or two or more Owner-Employees shall be treated as owning an interest in
a partnership which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership
which such Owner- Employee, or such two or more Owner-Employees, are
considered to control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

17.6 Failure_of_Qualification. If the Employer's plan fails to
attain or retain qualification, such plan will no longer participate in
this master/prototype plan and will be considered an individually designed
plan.

17.7 Applicable_Law. Except to the extent otherwise required by
ERISA, as amended, this Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance
with the laws of the state in which the Employer's principal place of
business is located, as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

-73-

<ARTICLE> 6
<LEGEND>
The Schedule contains summary financial information extracted from year-end
audited financial statements dated December 31, 1995 and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>

<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1995
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST> 16,502,444
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE> 17,345,999
<RECEIVABLES> 727,556
<ASSETS-OTHER> 269,098
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS> 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 18,342,653
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES> 246,702
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT> 0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES> 241,312
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES> 488,014
<SENIOR-EQUITY> 0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON> 16,805,976
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK> 1,685,127
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR> 1,721,220
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT> 0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII> 172,849
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS> 59,544
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS> 0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC> 1,161,968
<NET-ASSETS> 17,854,639
<DIVIDEND-INCOME> 375,996
<INTEREST-INCOME> 74,579
<OTHER-INCOME> (44,496)
<EXPENSES-NET> 426,108
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME> (20,029)
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT> 511,634
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT> 500,347
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS> 991,952
<EQUALIZATION> 0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME> 398,985
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS> 33,076
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER> 172,849
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD> 179,998
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED> (255,544)
<SHARES-REINVESTED> 39,453
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS> (375,760)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR> 0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR> 0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR> 0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR> 338,043
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES> 173,563
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 0
<GROSS-EXPENSE> 426,108
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS> 17,356,478
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN> 10.37
<PER-SHARE-NII> (.01)
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC> .61
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND> 0
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS> (.02)
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL> (.35)
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END> 10.60
<EXPENSE-RATIO> 2.46
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING> 0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE> 0

</TABLE>